1/* MIPS-specific support for ELF 2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 4 5 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support, 6 <ian@cygnus.com>. 7 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC. 8 <mark@codesourcery.com> 9 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data 10 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net> 11 12 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library. 13 14 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify 15 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by 16 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or 17 (at your option) any later version. 18 19 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, 20 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of 21 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the 22 GNU General Public License for more details. 23 24 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License 25 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software 26 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */ 27 28/* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */ 29 30#include "bfd.h" 31#include "sysdep.h" 32#include "libbfd.h" 33#include "libiberty.h" 34#include "elf-bfd.h" 35#include "elfxx-mips.h" 36#include "elf/mips.h" 37#include "elf-vxworks.h" 38 39/* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */ 40#include "coff/sym.h" 41#include "coff/symconst.h" 42#include "coff/ecoff.h" 43#include "coff/mips.h" 44 45#include "hashtab.h" 46 47/* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry. 48 There are three types of entry: 49 50 (1) absolute addresses 51 (abfd == NULL) 52 (2) SYMBOL + OFFSET addresses, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd 53 (abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0) 54 (3) global and forced-local symbols 55 (abfd != NULL, symndx == -1) 56 57 Type (3) entries are treated differently for different types of GOT. 58 In the "master" GOT -- i.e. the one that describes every GOT 59 reference needed in the link -- the mips_got_entry is keyed on both 60 the symbol and the input bfd that references it. If it turns out 61 that we need multiple GOTs, we can then use this information to 62 create separate GOTs for each input bfd. 63 64 However, we want each of these separate GOTs to have at most one 65 entry for a given symbol, so their type (3) entries are keyed only 66 on the symbol. The input bfd given by the "abfd" field is somewhat 67 arbitrary in this case. 68 69 This means that when there are multiple GOTs, each GOT has a unique 70 mips_got_entry for every symbol within it. We can therefore use the 71 mips_got_entry fields (tls_type and gotidx) to track the symbol's 72 GOT index. 73 74 However, if it turns out that we need only a single GOT, we continue 75 to use the master GOT to describe it. There may therefore be several 76 mips_got_entries for the same symbol, each with a different input bfd. 77 We want to make sure that each symbol gets a unique GOT entry, so when 78 there's a single GOT, we use the symbol's hash entry, not the 79 mips_got_entry fields, to track a symbol's GOT index. */ 80struct mips_got_entry 81{ 82 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */ 83 bfd *abfd; 84 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if 85 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */ 86 long symndx; 87 union 88 { 89 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */ 90 bfd_vma address; 91 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation 92 that should be added to the symbol value. */ 93 bfd_vma addend; 94 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry 95 corresponding to a global symbol in the got (or, local, if 96 h->forced_local). */ 97 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h; 98 } d; 99 100 /* The TLS types included in this GOT entry (specifically, GD and 101 IE). The GD and IE flags can be added as we encounter new 102 relocations. LDM can also be set; it will always be alone, not 103 combined with any GD or IE flags. An LDM GOT entry will be 104 a local symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */ 105 unsigned char tls_type; 106 107 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry 108 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol 109 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */ 110 long gotidx; 111}; 112 113/* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */ 114 115struct mips_got_info 116{ 117 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic 118 symbol table. */ 119 struct elf_link_hash_entry *global_gotsym; 120 /* The number of global .got entries. */ 121 unsigned int global_gotno; 122 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */ 123 unsigned int tls_gotno; 124 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during 125 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */ 126 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno; 127 /* The number of local .got entries. */ 128 unsigned int local_gotno; 129 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */ 130 unsigned int assigned_gotno; 131 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */ 132 struct htab *got_entries; 133 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL 134 unless multi-got was necessary. */ 135 struct htab *bfd2got; 136 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most 137 of the time, it points to the previous got). */ 138 struct mips_got_info *next; 139 /* This is the GOT index of the TLS LDM entry for the GOT, MINUS_ONE 140 for none, or MINUS_TWO for not yet assigned. This is needed 141 because a single-GOT link may have multiple hash table entries 142 for the LDM. It does not get initialized in multi-GOT mode. */ 143 bfd_vma tls_ldm_offset; 144}; 145 146/* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */ 147 148struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash { 149 bfd *bfd; 150 struct mips_got_info *g; 151}; 152 153/* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to 154 create and merge bfd's gots. */ 155 156struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg 157{ 158 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */ 159 htab_t bfd2got; 160 /* The output bfd. */ 161 bfd *obfd; 162 /* The link information. */ 163 struct bfd_link_info *info; 164 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get 165 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and 166 DT_MIPS_GOTSYM. */ 167 struct mips_got_info *primary; 168 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's 169 gots. */ 170 struct mips_got_info *current; 171 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a 172 16-bit offset. */ 173 unsigned int max_count; 174 /* The number of local and global entries in the primary got. */ 175 unsigned int primary_count; 176 /* The number of local and global entries in the current got. */ 177 unsigned int current_count; 178 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the 179 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes 180 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in 181 the "master" GOT. */ 182 unsigned int global_count; 183}; 184 185/* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */ 186 187struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg 188{ 189 struct mips_got_info *g; 190 int value; 191 unsigned int needed_relocs; 192 struct bfd_link_info *info; 193}; 194 195/* A structure used to count TLS relocations or GOT entries, for GOT 196 entry or ELF symbol table traversal. */ 197 198struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg 199{ 200 struct bfd_link_info *info; 201 unsigned int needed; 202}; 203 204struct _mips_elf_section_data 205{ 206 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf; 207 union 208 { 209 struct mips_got_info *got_info; 210 bfd_byte *tdata; 211 } u; 212}; 213 214#define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \ 215 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec)) 216 217/* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting 218 the dynamic symbols. */ 219 220struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data 221{ 222 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table 223 index. */ 224 struct elf_link_hash_entry *low; 225 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS 226 symbol with a GOT entry. */ 227 long min_got_dynindx; 228 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol 229 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol 230 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */ 231 long max_unref_got_dynindx; 232 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a 233 symbol without a GOT entry. */ 234 long max_non_got_dynindx; 235}; 236 237/* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in 238 the global hash table. */ 239 240struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry 241{ 242 struct elf_link_hash_entry root; 243 244 /* External symbol information. */ 245 EXTR esym; 246 247 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against 248 this symbol. */ 249 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs; 250 251 /* If the R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 reloc is against 252 a readonly section. */ 253 bfd_boolean readonly_reloc; 254 255 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations 256 related to taking the function's address, i.e. any but 257 R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones -- see "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", 258 p. 4-20. */ 259 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub; 260 261 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this 262 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */ 263 asection *fn_stub; 264 265 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is set if this symbol appears 266 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */ 267 bfd_boolean need_fn_stub; 268 269 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this 270 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */ 271 asection *call_stub; 272 273 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function 274 being called returns a floating point value. */ 275 asection *call_fp_stub; 276 277 /* Are we forced local? This will only be set if we have converted 278 the initial global GOT entry to a local GOT entry. */ 279 bfd_boolean forced_local; 280 281 /* Are we referenced by some kind of relocation? */ 282 bfd_boolean is_relocation_target; 283 284 /* Are we referenced by branch relocations? */ 285 bfd_boolean is_branch_target; 286 287#define GOT_NORMAL 0 288#define GOT_TLS_GD 1 289#define GOT_TLS_LDM 2 290#define GOT_TLS_IE 4 291#define GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE 0x40 292#define GOT_TLS_DONE 0x80 293 unsigned char tls_type; 294 /* This is only used in single-GOT mode; in multi-GOT mode there 295 is one mips_got_entry per GOT entry, so the offset is stored 296 there. In single-GOT mode there may be many mips_got_entry 297 structures all referring to the same GOT slot. It might be 298 possible to use root.got.offset instead, but that field is 299 overloaded already. */ 300 bfd_vma tls_got_offset; 301}; 302 303/* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */ 304 305struct mips_elf_link_hash_table 306{ 307 struct elf_link_hash_table root; 308#if 0 309 /* We no longer use this. */ 310 /* String section indices for the dynamic section symbols. */ 311 bfd_size_type dynsym_sec_strindex[SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES]; 312#endif 313 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */ 314 bfd_size_type procedure_count; 315 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */ 316 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size; 317 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic 318 entry is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5. */ 319 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head; 320 /* This is the value of the __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */ 321 bfd_vma rld_value; 322 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */ 323 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen; 324 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */ 325 bfd_boolean is_vxworks; 326 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not 327 being used. */ 328 asection *srelbss; 329 asection *sdynbss; 330 asection *srelplt; 331 asection *srelplt2; 332 asection *sgotplt; 333 asection *splt; 334 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes (VxWorks only). */ 335 bfd_vma plt_header_size; 336 /* The size of a PLT entry in bytes (VxWorks only). */ 337 bfd_vma plt_entry_size; 338 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */ 339 bfd_vma function_stub_size; 340}; 341 342#define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \ 343 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \ 344 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \ 345 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \ 346 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \ 347 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \ 348 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \ 349 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \ 350 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \ 351 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \ 352 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \ 353 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \ 354 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \ 355 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16) 356 357/* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */ 358 359struct extsym_info 360{ 361 bfd *abfd; 362 struct bfd_link_info *info; 363 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug; 364 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap; 365 bfd_boolean failed; 366}; 367 368/* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */ 369 370static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[] = 371{ 372 "_procedure_table", 373 "_procedure_string_table", 374 "_procedure_table_size", 375 NULL 376}; 377 378/* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on 379 IRIX5. */ 380 381typedef struct 382{ 383 unsigned long id1; /* Always one? */ 384 unsigned long num; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */ 385 unsigned long id2; /* Always two? */ 386 unsigned long offset; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */ 387 unsigned long reserved0; /* Zero? */ 388 unsigned long reserved1; /* Zero? */ 389} Elf32_compact_rel; 390 391typedef struct 392{ 393 bfd_byte id1[4]; 394 bfd_byte num[4]; 395 bfd_byte id2[4]; 396 bfd_byte offset[4]; 397 bfd_byte reserved0[4]; 398 bfd_byte reserved1[4]; 399} Elf32_External_compact_rel; 400 401typedef struct 402{ 403 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */ 404 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */ 405 unsigned int dist2to : 8; 406 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */ 407 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */ 408 unsigned long vaddr; /* VADDR to be relocated. */ 409} Elf32_crinfo; 410 411typedef struct 412{ 413 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */ 414 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */ 415 unsigned int dist2to : 8; 416 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */ 417 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */ 418} Elf32_crinfo2; 419 420typedef struct 421{ 422 bfd_byte info[4]; 423 bfd_byte konst[4]; 424 bfd_byte vaddr[4]; 425} Elf32_External_crinfo; 426 427typedef struct 428{ 429 bfd_byte info[4]; 430 bfd_byte konst[4]; 431} Elf32_External_crinfo2; 432 433/* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */ 434 435#define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1) 436#define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31) 437#define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf) 438#define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27) 439#define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff) 440#define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19) 441#define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff) 442#define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0) 443 444/* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words) 445 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr 446 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */ 447#define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1 448#define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0 449 450/* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST 451 has different meaning for each type: 452 453 (type) (konst) 454 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data 455 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX) 456 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr 457 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump 458 */ 459 460#define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa 461#define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb 462#define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc 463#define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd 464 465#define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format)) 466#define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type)) 467#define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v)) 468#define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2) 469 470/* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the 471 loader for use by the static exception system. */ 472 473typedef struct runtime_pdr { 474 bfd_vma adr; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */ 475 long regmask; /* Save register mask. */ 476 long regoffset; /* Save register offset. */ 477 long fregmask; /* Save floating point register mask. */ 478 long fregoffset; /* Save floating point register offset. */ 479 long frameoffset; /* Frame size. */ 480 short framereg; /* Frame pointer register. */ 481 short pcreg; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */ 482 long irpss; /* Index into the runtime string table. */ 483 long reserved; 484 struct exception_info *exception_info;/* Pointer to exception array. */ 485} RPDR, *pRPDR; 486#define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR) 487#define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0) 488 489static struct mips_got_entry *mips_elf_create_local_got_entry 490 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, asection *, 491 asection *, bfd_vma, unsigned long, struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, int); 492static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f 493 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, void *); 494static bfd_vma mips_elf_high 495 (bfd_vma); 496static bfd_boolean mips16_stub_section_p 497 (bfd *, asection *); 498static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation 499 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *, 500 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, asection *, bfd_vma, 501 bfd_vma *, asection *); 502static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash 503 (const void *); 504static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp 505 (bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, bfd *); 506static struct mips_got_info *mips_elf_got_for_ibfd 507 (struct mips_got_info *, bfd *); 508 509/* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */ 510static bfd *reldyn_sorting_bfd; 511 512/* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */ 513#define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \ 514 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0) 515 516/* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */ 517#define ABI_64_P(abfd) \ 518 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64) 519 520/* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */ 521#define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd)) 522 523/* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */ 524#define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \ 525 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd)) 526 527/* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */ 528#define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \ 529 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none) 530 531/* The name of the options section. */ 532#define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \ 533 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options") 534 535/* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section. 536 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */ 537#define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \ 538 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0) 539 540/* Whether the section is readonly. */ 541#define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \ 542 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \ 543 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) 544 545/* The name of the stub section. */ 546#define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs" 547 548/* The size of an external REL relocation. */ 549#define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \ 550 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel) 551 552/* The size of an external RELA relocation. */ 553#define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \ 554 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela) 555 556/* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */ 557#define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \ 558 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn) 559 560/* The size of a GOT entry. */ 561#define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \ 562 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8) 563 564/* The size of a symbol-table entry. */ 565#define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \ 566 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym) 567 568/* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */ 569#define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \ 570 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align) 571 572/* Get word-sized data. */ 573#define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \ 574 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr)) 575 576/* Put out word-sized data. */ 577#define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \ 578 (ABI_64_P (abfd) \ 579 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \ 580 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr)) 581 582/* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */ 583#define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \ 584 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val) 585 586#define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \ 587 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela)) 588 589/* Determine whether the internal relocation of index REL_IDX is REL 590 (zero) or RELA (non-zero). The assumption is that, if there are 591 two relocation sections for this section, one of them is REL and 592 the other is RELA. If the index of the relocation we're testing is 593 in range for the first relocation section, check that the external 594 relocation size is that for RELA. It is also assumed that, if 595 rel_idx is not in range for the first section, and this first 596 section contains REL relocs, then the relocation is in the second 597 section, that is RELA. */ 598#define MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P(abfd, sec, rel_idx) \ 599 ((NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (&elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr) \ 600 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel \ 601 > (bfd_vma)(rel_idx)) \ 602 == (elf_section_data (sec)->rel_hdr.sh_entsize \ 603 == (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela) \ 604 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))) 605 606/* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */ 607#define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \ 608 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn") 609 610/* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value 611 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */ 612#define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1) 613#define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2) 614 615/* The number of local .got entries we reserve. */ 616#define MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO(INFO) \ 617 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 3 : 2) 618 619/* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */ 620#define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \ 621 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0) 622 623/* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit 624 offsets from $gp. */ 625#define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff) 626 627/* Instructions which appear in a stub. */ 628#define STUB_LW(abfd) \ 629 ((ABI_64_P (abfd) \ 630 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \ 631 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */ 632#define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \ 633 ((ABI_64_P (abfd) \ 634 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \ 635 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */ 636#define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */ 637#define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */ 638#define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */ 639#define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */ 640#define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \ 641 ((ABI_64_P (abfd) \ 642 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \ 643 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ 644 645#define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16 646#define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20 647 648/* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp 649 section. */ 650 651#define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \ 652 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \ 653 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \ 654 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1") 655 656#ifdef BFD64 657#define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \ 658 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)) 659#define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \ 660 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i)) 661#define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \ 662 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i)) 663#define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \ 664 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t)) 665#else 666#define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos) 667#define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \ 668 (ELF32_R_SYM (i)) 669#define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \ 670 (ELF32_R_TYPE (i)) 671#define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \ 672 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t)) 673#endif 674 675 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle 676 floating point arguments. 677 678 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that 679 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and 680 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the 681 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit 682 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to 683 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because 684 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub, 685 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function. 686 687 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs 688 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp 689 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function, 690 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected 691 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the 692 stub should be discarded. 693 694 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs 695 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs 696 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while 697 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs 698 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not 699 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because 700 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both 701 $f0/$f1 and $2/$3.) 702 703 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically. 704 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation 705 information will indicate which symbol the section is for. 706 707 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */ 708 709#define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn." 710#define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call." 711#define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp." 712 713#define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB) 714#define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB) 715#define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB) 716 717/* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */ 718static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry[] = { 719 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */ 720 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */ 721 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */ 722 0x00000000, /* nop */ 723 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */ 724 0x00000000 /* nop */ 725}; 726 727/* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */ 728static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry[] = { 729 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */ 730 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */ 731 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */ 732 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */ 733 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */ 734 0x00000000, /* nop */ 735 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */ 736 0x00000000 /* nop */ 737}; 738 739/* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */ 740static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[] = { 741 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */ 742 0x00000000, /* nop */ 743 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */ 744 0x00000000, /* nop */ 745 0x00000000, /* nop */ 746 0x00000000 /* nop */ 747}; 748 749/* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */ 750static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry[] = { 751 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */ 752 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */ 753}; 754 755/* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */ 756 757#define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \ 758 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \ 759 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \ 760 (copy), (follow))) 761 762/* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */ 763 764#define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \ 765 (elf_link_hash_traverse \ 766 (&(table)->root, \ 767 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \ 768 (info))) 769 770/* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */ 771 772#define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \ 773 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) 774 775/* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object, 776 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */ 777 778#define TP_OFFSET 0x7000 779#define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000 780 781static bfd_vma 782dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info) 783{ 784 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */ 785 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL) 786 return 0; 787 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET; 788} 789 790static bfd_vma 791tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info) 792{ 793 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */ 794 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL) 795 return 0; 796 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET; 797} 798 799/* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */ 800 801static struct bfd_hash_entry * 802mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry, 803 struct bfd_hash_table *table, const char *string) 804{ 805 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *ret = 806 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry; 807 808 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a 809 subclass. */ 810 if (ret == NULL) 811 ret = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry)); 812 if (ret == NULL) 813 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret; 814 815 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */ 816 ret = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) 817 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret, 818 table, string)); 819 if (ret != NULL) 820 { 821 /* Set local fields. */ 822 memset (&ret->esym, 0, sizeof (EXTR)); 823 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has 824 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */ 825 ret->esym.ifd = -2; 826 ret->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0; 827 ret->readonly_reloc = FALSE; 828 ret->no_fn_stub = FALSE; 829 ret->fn_stub = NULL; 830 ret->need_fn_stub = FALSE; 831 ret->call_stub = NULL; 832 ret->call_fp_stub = NULL; 833 ret->forced_local = FALSE; 834 ret->is_branch_target = FALSE; 835 ret->is_relocation_target = FALSE; 836 ret->tls_type = GOT_NORMAL; 837 } 838 839 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret; 840} 841 842bfd_boolean 843_bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) 844{ 845 if (!sec->used_by_bfd) 846 { 847 struct _mips_elf_section_data *sdata; 848 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*sdata); 849 850 sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 851 if (sdata == NULL) 852 return FALSE; 853 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata; 854 } 855 856 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec); 857} 858 859/* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a 860 ecoff_debug_info structure. */ 861 862bfd_boolean 863_bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd *abfd, asection *section, 864 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug) 865{ 866 HDRR *symhdr; 867 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap; 868 char *ext_hdr; 869 870 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap; 871 memset (debug, 0, sizeof (*debug)); 872 873 ext_hdr = bfd_malloc (swap->external_hdr_size); 874 if (ext_hdr == NULL && swap->external_hdr_size != 0) 875 goto error_return; 876 877 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, section, ext_hdr, 0, 878 swap->external_hdr_size)) 879 goto error_return; 880 881 symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header; 882 (*swap->swap_hdr_in) (abfd, ext_hdr, symhdr); 883 884 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to 885 read. */ 886#define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \ 887 if (symhdr->count == 0) \ 888 debug->ptr = NULL; \ 889 else \ 890 { \ 891 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \ 892 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \ 893 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \ 894 goto error_return; \ 895 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \ 896 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \ 897 goto error_return; \ 898 } 899 900 READ (line, cbLineOffset, cbLine, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *); 901 READ (external_dnr, cbDnOffset, idnMax, swap->external_dnr_size, void *); 902 READ (external_pdr, cbPdOffset, ipdMax, swap->external_pdr_size, void *); 903 READ (external_sym, cbSymOffset, isymMax, swap->external_sym_size, void *); 904 READ (external_opt, cbOptOffset, ioptMax, swap->external_opt_size, void *); 905 READ (external_aux, cbAuxOffset, iauxMax, sizeof (union aux_ext), 906 union aux_ext *); 907 READ (ss, cbSsOffset, issMax, sizeof (char), char *); 908 READ (ssext, cbSsExtOffset, issExtMax, sizeof (char), char *); 909 READ (external_fdr, cbFdOffset, ifdMax, swap->external_fdr_size, void *); 910 READ (external_rfd, cbRfdOffset, crfd, swap->external_rfd_size, void *); 911 READ (external_ext, cbExtOffset, iextMax, swap->external_ext_size, void *); 912#undef READ 913 914 debug->fdr = NULL; 915 916 return TRUE; 917 918 error_return: 919 if (ext_hdr != NULL) 920 free (ext_hdr); 921 if (debug->line != NULL) 922 free (debug->line); 923 if (debug->external_dnr != NULL) 924 free (debug->external_dnr); 925 if (debug->external_pdr != NULL) 926 free (debug->external_pdr); 927 if (debug->external_sym != NULL) 928 free (debug->external_sym); 929 if (debug->external_opt != NULL) 930 free (debug->external_opt); 931 if (debug->external_aux != NULL) 932 free (debug->external_aux); 933 if (debug->ss != NULL) 934 free (debug->ss); 935 if (debug->ssext != NULL) 936 free (debug->ssext); 937 if (debug->external_fdr != NULL) 938 free (debug->external_fdr); 939 if (debug->external_rfd != NULL) 940 free (debug->external_rfd); 941 if (debug->external_ext != NULL) 942 free (debug->external_ext); 943 return FALSE; 944} 945 946/* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */ 947 948static void 949ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd *abfd, const RPDR *in, struct rpdr_ext *ex) 950{ 951 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, in->adr, ex->p_adr); 952 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regmask, ex->p_regmask); 953 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regoffset, ex->p_regoffset); 954 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregmask, ex->p_fregmask); 955 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregoffset, ex->p_fregoffset); 956 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->frameoffset, ex->p_frameoffset); 957 958 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->framereg, ex->p_framereg); 959 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->pcreg, ex->p_pcreg); 960 961 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->irpss, ex->p_irpss); 962} 963 964/* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */ 965 966static bfd_boolean 967mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle, bfd *abfd, 968 struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *s, 969 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug) 970{ 971 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap; 972 HDRR *hdr = &debug->symbolic_header; 973 RPDR *rpdr, *rp; 974 struct rpdr_ext *erp; 975 void *rtproc; 976 struct pdr_ext *epdr; 977 struct sym_ext *esym; 978 char *ss, **sv; 979 char *str; 980 bfd_size_type size; 981 bfd_size_type count; 982 unsigned long sindex; 983 unsigned long i; 984 PDR pdr; 985 SYMR sym; 986 const char *no_name_func = _("static procedure (no name)"); 987 988 epdr = NULL; 989 rpdr = NULL; 990 esym = NULL; 991 ss = NULL; 992 sv = NULL; 993 994 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap; 995 996 sindex = strlen (no_name_func) + 1; 997 count = hdr->ipdMax; 998 if (count > 0) 999 { 1000 size = swap->external_pdr_size; 1001 1002 epdr = bfd_malloc (size * count); 1003 if (epdr == NULL) 1004 goto error_return; 1005 1006 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle, (bfd_byte *) epdr)) 1007 goto error_return; 1008 1009 size = sizeof (RPDR); 1010 rp = rpdr = bfd_malloc (size * count); 1011 if (rpdr == NULL) 1012 goto error_return; 1013 1014 size = sizeof (char *); 1015 sv = bfd_malloc (size * count); 1016 if (sv == NULL) 1017 goto error_return; 1018 1019 count = hdr->isymMax; 1020 size = swap->external_sym_size; 1021 esym = bfd_malloc (size * count); 1022 if (esym == NULL) 1023 goto error_return; 1024 1025 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle, (bfd_byte *) esym)) 1026 goto error_return; 1027 1028 count = hdr->issMax; 1029 ss = bfd_malloc (count); 1030 if (ss == NULL) 1031 goto error_return; 1032 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle, (bfd_byte *) ss)) 1033 goto error_return; 1034 1035 count = hdr->ipdMax; 1036 for (i = 0; i < (unsigned long) count; i++, rp++) 1037 { 1038 (*swap->swap_pdr_in) (abfd, epdr + i, &pdr); 1039 (*swap->swap_sym_in) (abfd, &esym[pdr.isym], &sym); 1040 rp->adr = sym.value; 1041 rp->regmask = pdr.regmask; 1042 rp->regoffset = pdr.regoffset; 1043 rp->fregmask = pdr.fregmask; 1044 rp->fregoffset = pdr.fregoffset; 1045 rp->frameoffset = pdr.frameoffset; 1046 rp->framereg = pdr.framereg; 1047 rp->pcreg = pdr.pcreg; 1048 rp->irpss = sindex; 1049 sv[i] = ss + sym.iss; 1050 sindex += strlen (sv[i]) + 1; 1051 } 1052 } 1053 1054 size = sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2) + sindex; 1055 size = BFD_ALIGN (size, 16); 1056 rtproc = bfd_alloc (abfd, size); 1057 if (rtproc == NULL) 1058 { 1059 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = 0; 1060 goto error_return; 1061 } 1062 1063 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = count + 2; 1064 1065 erp = rtproc; 1066 memset (erp, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext)); 1067 erp++; 1068 str = (char *) rtproc + sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2); 1069 strcpy (str, no_name_func); 1070 str += strlen (no_name_func) + 1; 1071 for (i = 0; i < count; i++) 1072 { 1073 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd, rpdr + i, erp + i); 1074 strcpy (str, sv[i]); 1075 str += strlen (sv[i]) + 1; 1076 } 1077 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, -1, (erp + count)->p_adr); 1078 1079 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */ 1080 s->size = size; 1081 s->contents = rtproc; 1082 1083 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently 1084 matters, but someday it might). */ 1085 s->map_head.link_order = NULL; 1086 1087 if (epdr != NULL) 1088 free (epdr); 1089 if (rpdr != NULL) 1090 free (rpdr); 1091 if (esym != NULL) 1092 free (esym); 1093 if (ss != NULL) 1094 free (ss); 1095 if (sv != NULL) 1096 free (sv); 1097 1098 return TRUE; 1099 1100 error_return: 1101 if (epdr != NULL) 1102 free (epdr); 1103 if (rpdr != NULL) 1104 free (rpdr); 1105 if (esym != NULL) 1106 free (esym); 1107 if (ss != NULL) 1108 free (ss); 1109 if (sv != NULL) 1110 free (sv); 1111 return FALSE; 1112} 1113 1114/* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can 1115 discard them. */ 1116 1117static bfd_boolean 1118mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, 1119 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1120{ 1121 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 1122 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link; 1123 1124 if (h->fn_stub != NULL 1125 && ! h->need_fn_stub) 1126 { 1127 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol 1128 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from 1129 being included in the link. */ 1130 h->fn_stub->size = 0; 1131 h->fn_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC; 1132 h->fn_stub->reloc_count = 0; 1133 h->fn_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; 1134 } 1135 1136 if (h->call_stub != NULL 1137 && h->root.other == STO_MIPS16) 1138 { 1139 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so 1140 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size 1141 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */ 1142 h->call_stub->size = 0; 1143 h->call_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC; 1144 h->call_stub->reloc_count = 0; 1145 h->call_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; 1146 } 1147 1148 if (h->call_fp_stub != NULL 1149 && h->root.other == STO_MIPS16) 1150 { 1151 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so 1152 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size 1153 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */ 1154 h->call_fp_stub->size = 0; 1155 h->call_fp_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC; 1156 h->call_fp_stub->reloc_count = 0; 1157 h->call_fp_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; 1158 } 1159 1160 return TRUE; 1161} 1162 1163/* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions. 1164 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions 1165 are 32 bits. 1166 1167 The format of these instructions is: 1168 1169 +--------------+--------------------------------+ 1170 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 | 1171 +--------------+--------------------------------+ 1172 | Immediate 15:0 | 1173 +-----------------------------------------------+ 1174 1175 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx. 1176 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped. 1177 1178 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is 1179 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is 1180 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction. 1181 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a 1182 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is 1183 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2 1184 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a 1185 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian 1186 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped. 1187 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal 1188 instruction. 1189 1190 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit 1191 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the 1192 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as 1193 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the 1194 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the 1195 value as two 16-bit values. 1196 1197 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16, 1198 defined as 1199 1200 big-endian: 1201 +--------+----------------------+ 1202 | | | 1203 | | targ26-16 | 1204 |31 26|25 0| 1205 +--------+----------------------+ 1206 1207 little-endian: 1208 +----------+------+-------------+ 1209 | | | | 1210 | sub1 | | sub2 | 1211 |0 9|10 15|16 31| 1212 +----------+--------------------+ 1213 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is 1214 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)). 1215 1216 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is 1217 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2) 1218 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is 1219 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2) 1220 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff) 1221 1222 R_MIPS16_GPREL is used for GP-relative addressing in mips16 1223 mode. A typical instruction will have a format like this: 1224 1225 +--------------+--------------------------------+ 1226 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 | 1227 +--------------+--------------------------------+ 1228 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 | 1229 +--------------+--------------------------------+ 1230 1231 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction 1232 opcode. 1233 1234 This is handled exactly like R_MIPS_GPREL16, except that the 1235 addend is retrieved and stored as shown in this diagram; that 1236 is, the Imm fields above replace the V-rel16 field. 1237 1238 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately. As 1239 above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a 1240 little-endian system. 1241 1242 R_MIPS16_HI16 and R_MIPS16_LO16 are used in mips16 mode to 1243 access data when neither GP-relative nor PC-relative addressing 1244 can be used. They are handled like R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16, 1245 except that the addend is retrieved and stored as shown above 1246 for R_MIPS16_GPREL. 1247 */ 1248void 1249_bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type, 1250 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data) 1251{ 1252 bfd_vma extend, insn, val; 1253 1254 if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26 && r_type != R_MIPS16_GPREL 1255 && r_type != R_MIPS16_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS16_LO16) 1256 return; 1257 1258 /* Pick up the mips16 extend instruction and the real instruction. */ 1259 extend = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data); 1260 insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data + 2); 1261 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26) 1262 { 1263 if (jal_shuffle) 1264 val = ((extend & 0xfc00) << 16) | ((extend & 0x3e0) << 11) 1265 | ((extend & 0x1f) << 21) | insn; 1266 else 1267 val = extend << 16 | insn; 1268 } 1269 else 1270 val = ((extend & 0xf800) << 16) | ((insn & 0xffe0) << 11) 1271 | ((extend & 0x1f) << 11) | (extend & 0x7e0) | (insn & 0x1f); 1272 bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, data); 1273} 1274 1275void 1276_bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type, 1277 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data) 1278{ 1279 bfd_vma extend, insn, val; 1280 1281 if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26 && r_type != R_MIPS16_GPREL 1282 && r_type != R_MIPS16_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS16_LO16) 1283 return; 1284 1285 val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, data); 1286 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26) 1287 { 1288 if (jal_shuffle) 1289 { 1290 insn = val & 0xffff; 1291 extend = ((val >> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val >> 11) & 0x3e0) 1292 | ((val >> 21) & 0x1f); 1293 } 1294 else 1295 { 1296 insn = val & 0xffff; 1297 extend = val >> 16; 1298 } 1299 } 1300 else 1301 { 1302 insn = ((val >> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val & 0x1f); 1303 extend = ((val >> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val >> 11) & 0x1f) | (val & 0x7e0); 1304 } 1305 bfd_put_16 (abfd, insn, data + 2); 1306 bfd_put_16 (abfd, extend, data); 1307} 1308 1309bfd_reloc_status_type 1310_bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd *abfd, asymbol *symbol, 1311 arelent *reloc_entry, asection *input_section, 1312 bfd_boolean relocatable, void *data, bfd_vma gp) 1313{ 1314 bfd_vma relocation; 1315 bfd_signed_vma val; 1316 bfd_reloc_status_type status; 1317 1318 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section)) 1319 relocation = 0; 1320 else 1321 relocation = symbol->value; 1322 1323 relocation += symbol->section->output_section->vma; 1324 relocation += symbol->section->output_offset; 1325 1326 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section)) 1327 return bfd_reloc_outofrange; 1328 1329 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */ 1330 val = reloc_entry->addend; 1331 1332 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val, 16); 1333 1334 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we 1335 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for 1336 an external symbol. */ 1337 if (! relocatable 1338 || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0) 1339 val += relocation - gp; 1340 1341 if (reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace) 1342 { 1343 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val, 1344 (bfd_byte *) data 1345 + reloc_entry->address); 1346 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok) 1347 return status; 1348 } 1349 else 1350 reloc_entry->addend = val; 1351 1352 if (relocatable) 1353 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; 1354 1355 return bfd_reloc_ok; 1356} 1357 1358/* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or 1359 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section 1360 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of 1361 INPUT_SECTION. */ 1362 1363struct mips_hi16 1364{ 1365 struct mips_hi16 *next; 1366 bfd_byte *data; 1367 asection *input_section; 1368 arelent rel; 1369}; 1370 1371/* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */ 1372 1373static struct mips_hi16 *mips_hi16_list; 1374 1375/* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only 1376 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering 1377 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later. 1378 1379 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16. 1380 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of 1381 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly 1382 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */ 1383 1384bfd_reloc_status_type 1385_bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry, 1386 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *data, 1387 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd, 1388 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1389{ 1390 struct mips_hi16 *n; 1391 1392 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section)) 1393 return bfd_reloc_outofrange; 1394 1395 n = bfd_malloc (sizeof *n); 1396 if (n == NULL) 1397 return bfd_reloc_outofrange; 1398 1399 n->next = mips_hi16_list; 1400 n->data = data; 1401 n->input_section = input_section; 1402 n->rel = *reloc_entry; 1403 mips_hi16_list = n; 1404 1405 if (output_bfd != NULL) 1406 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; 1407 1408 return bfd_reloc_ok; 1409} 1410 1411/* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations. This is just 1412 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is 1413 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */ 1414 1415bfd_reloc_status_type 1416_bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol, 1417 void *data, asection *input_section, 1418 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message) 1419{ 1420 if ((symbol->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0 1421 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol)) 1422 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol))) 1423 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */ 1424 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, 1425 input_section, output_bfd, 1426 error_message); 1427 1428 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, 1429 input_section, output_bfd, error_message); 1430} 1431 1432/* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself 1433 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with 1434 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */ 1435 1436bfd_reloc_status_type 1437_bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol, 1438 void *data, asection *input_section, 1439 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message) 1440{ 1441 bfd_vma vallo; 1442 bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address; 1443 1444 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section)) 1445 return bfd_reloc_outofrange; 1446 1447 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE, 1448 location); 1449 vallo = bfd_get_32 (abfd, location); 1450 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE, 1451 location); 1452 1453 while (mips_hi16_list != NULL) 1454 { 1455 bfd_reloc_status_type ret; 1456 struct mips_hi16 *hi; 1457 1458 hi = mips_hi16_list; 1459 1460 /* R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We 1461 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS_HI16 1462 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16 1463 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto 1464 has a rightshift of 0. */ 1465 if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS_GOT16) 1466 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS_HI16, FALSE); 1467 1468 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any 1469 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */ 1470 hi->rel.addend += (vallo + 0x8000) & 0xffff; 1471 1472 ret = _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, &hi->rel, symbol, hi->data, 1473 hi->input_section, output_bfd, 1474 error_message); 1475 if (ret != bfd_reloc_ok) 1476 return ret; 1477 1478 mips_hi16_list = hi->next; 1479 free (hi); 1480 } 1481 1482 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data, 1483 input_section, output_bfd, 1484 error_message); 1485} 1486 1487/* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the 1488 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in 1489 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */ 1490 1491bfd_reloc_status_type 1492_bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry, 1493 asymbol *symbol, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1494 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd, 1495 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1496{ 1497 bfd_signed_vma val; 1498 bfd_reloc_status_type status; 1499 bfd_boolean relocatable; 1500 1501 relocatable = (output_bfd != NULL); 1502 1503 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section)) 1504 return bfd_reloc_outofrange; 1505 1506 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */ 1507 val = 0; 1508 if (!relocatable || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0) 1509 { 1510 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a 1511 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's 1512 offset or address. */ 1513 val += symbol->section->output_section->vma; 1514 val += symbol->section->output_offset; 1515 } 1516 1517 if (!relocatable) 1518 { 1519 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value 1520 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */ 1521 val += symbol->value; 1522 if (reloc_entry->howto->pc_relative) 1523 { 1524 val -= input_section->output_section->vma; 1525 val -= input_section->output_offset; 1526 val -= reloc_entry->address; 1527 } 1528 } 1529 1530 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation 1531 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend, 1532 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add 1533 VAL to the relocation field itself. */ 1534 if (relocatable && !reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace) 1535 reloc_entry->addend += val; 1536 else 1537 { 1538 bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address; 1539 1540 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */ 1541 val += reloc_entry->addend; 1542 1543 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */ 1544 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE, 1545 location); 1546 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val, 1547 location); 1548 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE, 1549 location); 1550 1551 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok) 1552 return status; 1553 } 1554 1555 if (relocatable) 1556 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset; 1557 1558 return bfd_reloc_ok; 1559} 1560 1561/* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely 1562 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */ 1563 1564static void 1565bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_gptab *ex, 1566 Elf32_gptab *in) 1567{ 1568 in->gt_entry.gt_g_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value); 1569 in->gt_entry.gt_bytes = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes); 1570} 1571 1572static void 1573bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_gptab *in, 1574 Elf32_External_gptab *ex) 1575{ 1576 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_g_value, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value); 1577 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_bytes, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes); 1578} 1579 1580static void 1581bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_compact_rel *in, 1582 Elf32_External_compact_rel *ex) 1583{ 1584 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id1, ex->id1); 1585 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->num, ex->num); 1586 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id2, ex->id2); 1587 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->offset, ex->offset); 1588 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved0, ex->reserved0); 1589 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved1, ex->reserved1); 1590} 1591 1592static void 1593bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_crinfo *in, 1594 Elf32_External_crinfo *ex) 1595{ 1596 unsigned long l; 1597 1598 l = (((in->ctype & CRINFO_CTYPE) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH) 1599 | ((in->rtype & CRINFO_RTYPE) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH) 1600 | ((in->dist2to & CRINFO_DIST2TO) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH) 1601 | ((in->relvaddr & CRINFO_RELVADDR) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH)); 1602 H_PUT_32 (abfd, l, ex->info); 1603 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->konst, ex->konst); 1604 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->vaddr, ex->vaddr); 1605} 1606 1607/* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These 1608 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of 1609 BFD, so they are globally visible. */ 1610 1611void 1612bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex, 1613 Elf32_RegInfo *in) 1614{ 1615 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask); 1616 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]); 1617 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]); 1618 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]); 1619 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]); 1620 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value); 1621} 1622 1623void 1624bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_RegInfo *in, 1625 Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex) 1626{ 1627 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask); 1628 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]); 1629 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]); 1630 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]); 1631 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]); 1632 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value); 1633} 1634 1635/* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register 1636 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap 1637 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used 1638 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them 1639 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */ 1640 1641void 1642bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex, 1643 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in) 1644{ 1645 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask); 1646 in->ri_pad = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_pad); 1647 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]); 1648 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]); 1649 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]); 1650 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]); 1651 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_64 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value); 1652} 1653 1654void 1655bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in, 1656 Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex) 1657{ 1658 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask); 1659 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_pad, ex->ri_pad); 1660 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]); 1661 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]); 1662 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]); 1663 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]); 1664 H_PUT_64 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value); 1665} 1666 1667/* Swap in an options header. */ 1668 1669void 1670bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf_External_Options *ex, 1671 Elf_Internal_Options *in) 1672{ 1673 in->kind = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->kind); 1674 in->size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->size); 1675 in->section = H_GET_16 (abfd, ex->section); 1676 in->info = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->info); 1677} 1678 1679/* Swap out an options header. */ 1680 1681void 1682bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Options *in, 1683 Elf_External_Options *ex) 1684{ 1685 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->kind, ex->kind); 1686 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->size, ex->size); 1687 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->section, ex->section); 1688 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->info, ex->info); 1689} 1690 1691/* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation 1692 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */ 1693 1694static int 1695sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1, const void *arg2) 1696{ 1697 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1; 1698 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2; 1699 int diff; 1700 1701 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, &int_reloc1); 1702 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, &int_reloc2); 1703 1704 diff = ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1.r_info) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2.r_info); 1705 if (diff != 0) 1706 return diff; 1707 1708 if (int_reloc1.r_offset < int_reloc2.r_offset) 1709 return -1; 1710 if (int_reloc1.r_offset > int_reloc2.r_offset) 1711 return 1; 1712 return 0; 1713} 1714 1715/* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */ 1716 1717static int 1718sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 1719 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 1720{ 1721#ifdef BFD64 1722 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1[3]; 1723 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2[3]; 1724 1725 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in) 1726 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, int_reloc1); 1727 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in) 1728 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, int_reloc2); 1729 1730 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info)) 1731 return -1; 1732 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info)) 1733 return 1; 1734 1735 if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset < int_reloc2[0].r_offset) 1736 return -1; 1737 if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset > int_reloc2[0].r_offset) 1738 return 1; 1739 return 0; 1740#else 1741 abort (); 1742#endif 1743} 1744 1745 1746/* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol 1747 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The 1748 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external 1749 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know 1750 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two 1751 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external 1752 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug 1753 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we 1754 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are 1755 required by relocation until we relocate the sections. 1756 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be 1757 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen 1758 when generating a final executable. */ 1759 1760static bfd_boolean 1761mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data) 1762{ 1763 struct extsym_info *einfo = data; 1764 bfd_boolean strip; 1765 asection *sec, *output_section; 1766 1767 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 1768 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link; 1769 1770 if (h->root.indx == -2) 1771 strip = FALSE; 1772 else if ((h->root.def_dynamic 1773 || h->root.ref_dynamic 1774 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new) 1775 && !h->root.def_regular 1776 && !h->root.ref_regular) 1777 strip = TRUE; 1778 else if (einfo->info->strip == strip_all 1779 || (einfo->info->strip == strip_some 1780 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo->info->keep_hash, 1781 h->root.root.root.string, 1782 FALSE, FALSE) == NULL)) 1783 strip = TRUE; 1784 else 1785 strip = FALSE; 1786 1787 if (strip) 1788 return TRUE; 1789 1790 if (h->esym.ifd == -2) 1791 { 1792 h->esym.jmptbl = 0; 1793 h->esym.cobol_main = 0; 1794 h->esym.weakext = 0; 1795 h->esym.reserved = 0; 1796 h->esym.ifd = ifdNil; 1797 h->esym.asym.value = 0; 1798 h->esym.asym.st = stGlobal; 1799 1800 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined 1801 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) 1802 { 1803 const char *name; 1804 1805 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some 1806 special symbols. */ 1807 name = h->root.root.root.string; 1808 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0 1809 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0) 1810 { 1811 h->esym.asym.sc = scData; 1812 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel; 1813 h->esym.asym.value = 0; 1814 } 1815 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0) 1816 { 1817 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs; 1818 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel; 1819 h->esym.asym.value = 1820 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo->info)->procedure_count; 1821 } 1822 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo->abfd)) 1823 { 1824 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs; 1825 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel; 1826 h->esym.asym.value = elf_gp (einfo->abfd); 1827 } 1828 else 1829 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined; 1830 } 1831 else if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined 1832 && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak) 1833 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs; 1834 else 1835 { 1836 const char *name; 1837 1838 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section; 1839 output_section = sec->output_section; 1840 1841 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from 1842 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */ 1843 if (output_section == NULL) 1844 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined; 1845 else 1846 { 1847 name = bfd_section_name (output_section->owner, output_section); 1848 1849 if (strcmp (name, ".text") == 0) 1850 h->esym.asym.sc = scText; 1851 else if (strcmp (name, ".data") == 0) 1852 h->esym.asym.sc = scData; 1853 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0) 1854 h->esym.asym.sc = scSData; 1855 else if (strcmp (name, ".rodata") == 0 1856 || strcmp (name, ".rdata") == 0) 1857 h->esym.asym.sc = scRData; 1858 else if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0) 1859 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss; 1860 else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0) 1861 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss; 1862 else if (strcmp (name, ".init") == 0) 1863 h->esym.asym.sc = scInit; 1864 else if (strcmp (name, ".fini") == 0) 1865 h->esym.asym.sc = scFini; 1866 else 1867 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs; 1868 } 1869 } 1870 1871 h->esym.asym.reserved = 0; 1872 h->esym.asym.index = indexNil; 1873 } 1874 1875 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_common) 1876 h->esym.asym.value = h->root.root.u.c.size; 1877 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined 1878 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) 1879 { 1880 if (h->esym.asym.sc == scCommon) 1881 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss; 1882 else if (h->esym.asym.sc == scSCommon) 1883 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss; 1884 1885 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section; 1886 output_section = sec->output_section; 1887 if (output_section != NULL) 1888 h->esym.asym.value = (h->root.root.u.def.value 1889 + sec->output_offset 1890 + output_section->vma); 1891 else 1892 h->esym.asym.value = 0; 1893 } 1894 else if (h->root.needs_plt) 1895 { 1896 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hd = h; 1897 bfd_boolean no_fn_stub = h->no_fn_stub; 1898 1899 while (hd->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect) 1900 { 1901 hd = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h->root.root.u.i.link; 1902 no_fn_stub = no_fn_stub || hd->no_fn_stub; 1903 } 1904 1905 if (!no_fn_stub) 1906 { 1907 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */ 1908 h->esym.asym.st = stProc; 1909 sec = hd->root.root.u.def.section; 1910 if (sec == NULL) 1911 h->esym.asym.value = 0; 1912 else 1913 { 1914 output_section = sec->output_section; 1915 if (output_section != NULL) 1916 h->esym.asym.value = (hd->root.plt.offset 1917 + sec->output_offset 1918 + output_section->vma); 1919 else 1920 h->esym.asym.value = 0; 1921 } 1922 } 1923 } 1924 1925 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo->abfd, einfo->debug, einfo->swap, 1926 h->root.root.root.string, 1927 &h->esym)) 1928 { 1929 einfo->failed = TRUE; 1930 return FALSE; 1931 } 1932 1933 return TRUE; 1934} 1935 1936/* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */ 1937 1938static int 1939gptab_compare (const void *p1, const void *p2) 1940{ 1941 const Elf32_gptab *a1 = p1; 1942 const Elf32_gptab *a2 = p2; 1943 1944 return a1->gt_entry.gt_g_value - a2->gt_entry.gt_g_value; 1945} 1946 1947/* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */ 1948 1949/* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit 1950 hash number. */ 1951 1952static INLINE hashval_t 1953mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr) 1954{ 1955#ifdef BFD64 1956 return addr + (addr >> 32); 1957#else 1958 return addr; 1959#endif 1960} 1961 1962/* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so 1963 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate 1964 union members. */ 1965 1966static hashval_t 1967mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_) 1968{ 1969 const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_; 1970 1971 return entry->symndx 1972 + ((entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM) << 17) 1973 + (! entry->abfd ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address) 1974 : entry->abfd->id 1975 + (entry->symndx >= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend) 1976 : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash)); 1977} 1978 1979static int 1980mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2) 1981{ 1982 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1; 1983 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2; 1984 1985 /* An LDM entry can only match another LDM entry. */ 1986 if ((e1->tls_type ^ e2->tls_type) & GOT_TLS_LDM) 1987 return 0; 1988 1989 return e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->symndx == e2->symndx 1990 && (! e1->abfd ? e1->d.address == e2->d.address 1991 : e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend 1992 : e1->d.h == e2->d.h); 1993} 1994 1995/* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects, 1996 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the 1997 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted 1998 accordingly. */ 1999 2000static hashval_t 2001mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_) 2002{ 2003 const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_; 2004 2005 return entry->symndx 2006 + (! entry->abfd 2007 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address) 2008 : entry->symndx >= 0 2009 ? ((entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM) 2010 ? (GOT_TLS_LDM << 17) 2011 : (entry->abfd->id 2012 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend))) 2013 : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash); 2014} 2015 2016static int 2017mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2) 2018{ 2019 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1; 2020 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2; 2021 2022 /* Any two LDM entries match. */ 2023 if (e1->tls_type & e2->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM) 2024 return 1; 2025 2026 /* Nothing else matches an LDM entry. */ 2027 if ((e1->tls_type ^ e2->tls_type) & GOT_TLS_LDM) 2028 return 0; 2029 2030 return e1->symndx == e2->symndx 2031 && (e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend 2032 : e1->abfd == NULL || e2->abfd == NULL 2033 ? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.address == e2->d.address 2034 : e1->d.h == e2->d.h); 2035} 2036 2037/* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to 2038 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL 2039 if creation fails. */ 2040 2041static asection * 2042mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_boolean create_p) 2043{ 2044 const char *dname; 2045 asection *sreloc; 2046 bfd *dynobj; 2047 2048 dname = MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info); 2049 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; 2050 sreloc = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, dname); 2051 if (sreloc == NULL && create_p) 2052 { 2053 sreloc = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj, dname, 2054 (SEC_ALLOC 2055 | SEC_LOAD 2056 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 2057 | SEC_IN_MEMORY 2058 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED 2059 | SEC_READONLY)); 2060 if (sreloc == NULL 2061 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sreloc, 2062 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj))) 2063 return NULL; 2064 } 2065 return sreloc; 2066} 2067 2068/* Returns the GOT section for ABFD. */ 2069 2070static asection * 2071mips_elf_got_section (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean maybe_excluded) 2072{ 2073 asection *sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".got"); 2074 if (sgot == NULL 2075 || (! maybe_excluded && (sgot->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)) 2076 return NULL; 2077 return sgot; 2078} 2079 2080/* Returns the GOT information associated with the link indicated by 2081 INFO. If SGOTP is non-NULL, it is filled in with the GOT 2082 section. */ 2083 2084static struct mips_got_info * 2085mips_elf_got_info (bfd *abfd, asection **sgotp) 2086{ 2087 asection *sgot; 2088 struct mips_got_info *g; 2089 2090 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (abfd, TRUE); 2091 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL); 2092 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL); 2093 g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info; 2094 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL); 2095 2096 if (sgotp) 2097 *sgotp = (sgot->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0 ? sgot : NULL; 2098 2099 return g; 2100} 2101 2102/* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with 2103 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H 2104 is NULL). */ 2105 2106static int 2107mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info, unsigned char tls_type, 2108 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 2109{ 2110 int indx = 0; 2111 int ret = 0; 2112 bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE; 2113 bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created; 2114 2115 if (h && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h) 2116 && (!info->shared || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))) 2117 indx = h->dynindx; 2118 2119 if ((info->shared || indx != 0) 2120 && (h == NULL 2121 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT 2122 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)) 2123 need_relocs = TRUE; 2124 2125 if (!need_relocs) 2126 return FALSE; 2127 2128 if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD) 2129 { 2130 ret++; 2131 if (indx != 0) 2132 ret++; 2133 } 2134 2135 if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) 2136 ret++; 2137 2138 if ((tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM) && info->shared) 2139 ret++; 2140 2141 return ret; 2142} 2143 2144/* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the GOT entry in 2145 ARG1, if it describes a local symbol. */ 2146 2147static int 2148mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs (void **arg1, void *arg2) 2149{ 2150 struct mips_got_entry *entry = * (struct mips_got_entry **) arg1; 2151 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2; 2152 2153 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx != -1) 2154 arg->needed += mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, entry->tls_type, NULL); 2155 2156 return 1; 2157} 2158 2159/* Count the number of TLS GOT entries required for the global (or 2160 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */ 2161 2162static int 2163mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries (void *arg1, void *arg2) 2164{ 2165 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm 2166 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) arg1; 2167 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2; 2168 2169 if (hm->tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD) 2170 arg->needed += 2; 2171 if (hm->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) 2172 arg->needed += 1; 2173 2174 return 1; 2175} 2176 2177/* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the global (or 2178 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */ 2179 2180static int 2181mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs (void *arg1, void *arg2) 2182{ 2183 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm 2184 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) arg1; 2185 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2; 2186 2187 arg->needed += mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, hm->tls_type, &hm->root); 2188 2189 return 1; 2190} 2191 2192/* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */ 2193 2194static void 2195mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd, 2196 asection *sreloc, 2197 unsigned long indx, 2198 int r_type, 2199 bfd_vma offset) 2200{ 2201 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3]; 2202 2203 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel)); 2204 2205 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, indx, r_type); 2206 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset; 2207 2208 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)) 2209 { 2210 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out) 2211 (output_bfd, &rel[0], 2212 (sreloc->contents 2213 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel))); 2214 } 2215 else 2216 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out 2217 (output_bfd, &rel[0], 2218 (sreloc->contents 2219 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel))); 2220 ++sreloc->reloc_count; 2221} 2222 2223/* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */ 2224 2225static void 2226mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd *abfd, bfd_vma got_offset, 2227 unsigned char *tls_type_p, 2228 struct bfd_link_info *info, 2229 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, 2230 bfd_vma value) 2231{ 2232 int indx; 2233 asection *sreloc, *sgot; 2234 bfd_vma offset, offset2; 2235 bfd *dynobj; 2236 bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE; 2237 2238 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; 2239 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE); 2240 2241 indx = 0; 2242 if (h != NULL) 2243 { 2244 bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created; 2245 2246 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, &h->root) 2247 && (!info->shared || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root))) 2248 indx = h->root.dynindx; 2249 } 2250 2251 if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_DONE) 2252 return; 2253 2254 if ((info->shared || indx != 0) 2255 && (h == NULL 2256 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT 2257 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)) 2258 need_relocs = TRUE; 2259 2260 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not 2261 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that 2262 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */ 2263 BFD_ASSERT (value != MINUS_ONE || (indx != 0 && need_relocs) 2264 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak); 2265 2266 /* Emit necessary relocations. */ 2267 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE); 2268 2269 /* General Dynamic. */ 2270 if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_GD) 2271 { 2272 offset = got_offset; 2273 offset2 = offset + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd); 2274 2275 if (need_relocs) 2276 { 2277 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation 2278 (abfd, sreloc, indx, 2279 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32, 2280 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset); 2281 2282 if (indx) 2283 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation 2284 (abfd, sreloc, indx, 2285 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32, 2286 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset2); 2287 else 2288 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info), 2289 sgot->contents + offset2); 2290 } 2291 else 2292 { 2293 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1, 2294 sgot->contents + offset); 2295 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info), 2296 sgot->contents + offset2); 2297 } 2298 2299 got_offset += 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd); 2300 } 2301 2302 /* Initial Exec model. */ 2303 if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_IE) 2304 { 2305 offset = got_offset; 2306 2307 if (need_relocs) 2308 { 2309 if (indx == 0) 2310 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma, 2311 sgot->contents + offset); 2312 else 2313 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0, 2314 sgot->contents + offset); 2315 2316 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation 2317 (abfd, sreloc, indx, 2318 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32, 2319 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset); 2320 } 2321 else 2322 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - tprel_base (info), 2323 sgot->contents + offset); 2324 } 2325 2326 if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_LDM) 2327 { 2328 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the 2329 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */ 2330 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0, 2331 sgot->contents + got_offset 2332 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd)); 2333 2334 if (!info->shared) 2335 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1, 2336 sgot->contents + got_offset); 2337 else 2338 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation 2339 (abfd, sreloc, indx, 2340 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32, 2341 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset); 2342 } 2343 2344 *tls_type_p |= GOT_TLS_DONE; 2345} 2346 2347/* Return the GOT index to use for a relocation of type R_TYPE against 2348 a symbol accessed using TLS_TYPE models. The GOT entries for this 2349 symbol in this GOT start at GOT_INDEX. This function initializes the 2350 GOT entries and corresponding relocations. */ 2351 2352static bfd_vma 2353mips_tls_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd_vma got_index, unsigned char *tls_type, 2354 int r_type, struct bfd_link_info *info, 2355 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, bfd_vma symbol) 2356{ 2357 BFD_ASSERT (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD 2358 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM); 2359 2360 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd, got_index, tls_type, info, h, symbol); 2361 2362 if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL) 2363 { 2364 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE); 2365 if (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD) 2366 return got_index + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd); 2367 else 2368 return got_index; 2369 } 2370 2371 if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD) 2372 { 2373 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD); 2374 return got_index; 2375 } 2376 2377 if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM) 2378 { 2379 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM); 2380 return got_index; 2381 } 2382 2383 return got_index; 2384} 2385 2386/* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry 2387 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset 2388 will be negative. */ 2389 2390static bfd_vma 2391mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info *info, 2392 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 2393{ 2394 bfd_vma plt_index, got_address, got_value; 2395 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 2396 2397 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); 2398 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1); 2399 2400 /* Calculate the index of the symbol's PLT entry. */ 2401 plt_index = (h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size) / htab->plt_entry_size; 2402 2403 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */ 2404 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma 2405 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset 2406 + plt_index * 4); 2407 2408 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */ 2409 got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma 2410 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset 2411 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value); 2412 2413 return got_address - got_value; 2414} 2415 2416/* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE, which was derived from 2417 a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTION. If there is not yet a GOT 2418 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, 2419 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT 2420 offset can be found. */ 2421 2422static bfd_vma 2423mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, 2424 asection *input_section, bfd_vma value, 2425 unsigned long r_symndx, 2426 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, int r_type) 2427{ 2428 asection *sgot; 2429 struct mips_got_info *g; 2430 struct mips_got_entry *entry; 2431 2432 g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot); 2433 2434 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, g, sgot, 2435 input_section, value, 2436 r_symndx, h, r_type); 2437 if (!entry) 2438 return MINUS_ONE; 2439 2440 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type)) 2441 { 2442 if (entry->symndx == -1 && g->next == NULL) 2443 /* A type (3) entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's 2444 hash table entry to track the index. */ 2445 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, h->tls_got_offset, &h->tls_type, 2446 r_type, info, h, value); 2447 else 2448 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, entry->gotidx, &entry->tls_type, 2449 r_type, info, h, value); 2450 } 2451 else 2452 return entry->gotidx; 2453} 2454 2455/* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */ 2456 2457static bfd_vma 2458mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, 2459 int r_type, struct bfd_link_info *info) 2460{ 2461 bfd_vma index; 2462 asection *sgot; 2463 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg; 2464 long global_got_dynindx = 0; 2465 2466 gg = g = mips_elf_got_info (abfd, &sgot); 2467 if (g->bfd2got && ibfd) 2468 { 2469 struct mips_got_entry e, *p; 2470 2471 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= 0); 2472 2473 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd); 2474 if (g->next != gg || TLS_RELOC_P (r_type)) 2475 { 2476 e.abfd = ibfd; 2477 e.symndx = -1; 2478 e.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h; 2479 e.tls_type = 0; 2480 2481 p = htab_find (g->got_entries, &e); 2482 2483 BFD_ASSERT (p->gotidx > 0); 2484 2485 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type)) 2486 { 2487 bfd_vma value = MINUS_ONE; 2488 if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined 2489 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) 2490 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section) 2491 value = (h->root.u.def.value 2492 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset 2493 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma); 2494 2495 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, p->gotidx, &p->tls_type, r_type, 2496 info, e.d.h, value); 2497 } 2498 else 2499 return p->gotidx; 2500 } 2501 } 2502 2503 if (gg->global_gotsym != NULL) 2504 global_got_dynindx = gg->global_gotsym->dynindx; 2505 2506 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type)) 2507 { 2508 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm 2509 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; 2510 bfd_vma value = MINUS_ONE; 2511 2512 if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined 2513 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) 2514 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section) 2515 value = (h->root.u.def.value 2516 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset 2517 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma); 2518 2519 index = mips_tls_got_index (abfd, hm->tls_got_offset, &hm->tls_type, 2520 r_type, info, hm, value); 2521 } 2522 else 2523 { 2524 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic 2525 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater 2526 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT 2527 offset. */ 2528 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= global_got_dynindx); 2529 index = ((h->dynindx - global_got_dynindx + g->local_gotno) 2530 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd)); 2531 } 2532 BFD_ASSERT (index < sgot->size); 2533 2534 return index; 2535} 2536 2537/* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE, which was 2538 calculated from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTION. These entries 2539 are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e., within 2540 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no entry 2541 could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the 2542 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */ 2543 2544static bfd_vma 2545mips_elf_got_page (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, 2546 asection *input_section, bfd_vma value, bfd_vma *offsetp) 2547{ 2548 asection *sgot; 2549 struct mips_got_info *g; 2550 bfd_vma page, index; 2551 struct mips_got_entry *entry; 2552 2553 g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot); 2554 2555 page = (value + 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff; 2556 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, g, sgot, 2557 input_section, page, 0, 2558 NULL, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE); 2559 2560 if (!entry) 2561 return MINUS_ONE; 2562 2563 index = entry->gotidx; 2564 2565 if (offsetp) 2566 *offsetp = value - entry->d.address; 2567 2568 return index; 2569} 2570 2571/* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS_GOT16 relocation against VALUE, 2572 which was calculated from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTION. 2573 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was against a global symbol 2574 that has been forced local. */ 2575 2576static bfd_vma 2577mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, 2578 asection *input_section, bfd_vma value, 2579 bfd_boolean external) 2580{ 2581 asection *sgot; 2582 struct mips_got_info *g; 2583 struct mips_got_entry *entry; 2584 2585 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16 2586 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the 2587 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the 2588 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */ 2589 if (! external) 2590 value = mips_elf_high (value) << 16; 2591 2592 g = mips_elf_got_info (elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj, &sgot); 2593 2594 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, g, sgot, 2595 input_section, value, 0, 2596 NULL, R_MIPS_GOT16); 2597 if (entry) 2598 return entry->gotidx; 2599 else 2600 return MINUS_ONE; 2601} 2602 2603/* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position 2604 in the GOT. */ 2605 2606static bfd_vma 2607mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (bfd *dynobj, bfd *output_bfd, 2608 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_vma index) 2609{ 2610 asection *sgot; 2611 bfd_vma gp; 2612 struct mips_got_info *g; 2613 2614 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot); 2615 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd) 2616 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd, g, input_bfd); 2617 2618 return sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset + index - gp; 2619} 2620 2621/* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated 2622 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not 2623 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry 2624 instead. */ 2625 2626static struct mips_got_entry * 2627mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, 2628 bfd *ibfd, struct mips_got_info *gg, 2629 asection *sgot, asection *input_section, 2630 bfd_vma value, unsigned long r_symndx, 2631 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, 2632 int r_type) 2633{ 2634 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc; 2635 struct mips_got_info *g; 2636 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 2637 2638 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); 2639 2640 entry.abfd = NULL; 2641 entry.symndx = -1; 2642 entry.d.address = value; 2643 entry.tls_type = 0; 2644 2645 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, ibfd); 2646 if (g == NULL) 2647 { 2648 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, abfd); 2649 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL); 2650 } 2651 2652 /* We might have a symbol, H, if it has been forced local. Use the 2653 global entry then. It doesn't matter whether an entry is local 2654 or global for TLS, since the dynamic linker does not 2655 automatically relocate TLS GOT entries. */ 2656 BFD_ASSERT (h == NULL || h->root.forced_local); 2657 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type)) 2658 { 2659 struct mips_got_entry *p; 2660 2661 entry.abfd = ibfd; 2662 if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM) 2663 { 2664 entry.tls_type = GOT_TLS_LDM; 2665 entry.symndx = 0; 2666 entry.d.addend = 0; 2667 } 2668 else if (h == NULL) 2669 { 2670 entry.symndx = r_symndx; 2671 entry.d.addend = 0; 2672 } 2673 else 2674 entry.d.h = h; 2675 2676 p = (struct mips_got_entry *) 2677 htab_find (g->got_entries, &entry); 2678 2679 BFD_ASSERT (p); 2680 return p; 2681 } 2682 2683 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry, 2684 INSERT); 2685 if (*loc) 2686 return *loc; 2687 2688 entry.gotidx = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_gotno++; 2689 entry.tls_type = 0; 2690 2691 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry); 2692 2693 if (! *loc) 2694 return NULL; 2695 2696 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry); 2697 2698 if (g->assigned_gotno >= g->local_gotno) 2699 { 2700 (*loc)->gotidx = -1; 2701 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */ 2702 (*_bfd_error_handler) 2703 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries")); 2704 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 2705 return NULL; 2706 } 2707 2708 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value, 2709 (sgot->contents + entry.gotidx)); 2710 2711 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. Because 2712 the offset between segments is not fixed, the relocation must be 2713 against a symbol in the same segment as the original symbol. 2714 The easiest way to do this is to take INPUT_SECTION's output 2715 section and emit a relocation against its section symbol. */ 2716 if (htab->is_vxworks) 2717 { 2718 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; 2719 asection *s, *output_section; 2720 bfd_byte *loc; 2721 bfd_vma got_address; 2722 int dynindx; 2723 2724 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE); 2725 output_section = input_section->output_section; 2726 dynindx = elf_section_data (output_section)->dynindx; 2727 got_address = (sgot->output_section->vma 2728 + sgot->output_offset 2729 + entry.gotidx); 2730 2731 loc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); 2732 outrel.r_offset = got_address; 2733 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_MIPS_32); 2734 outrel.r_addend = value - output_section->vma; 2735 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, loc); 2736 } 2737 2738 return *loc; 2739} 2740 2741/* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries 2742 appear towards the end. This reduces the amount of GOT space 2743 required. MAX_LOCAL is used to set the number of local symbols 2744 known to be in the dynamic symbol table. During 2745 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections, this value is 1. Afterward, the 2746 section symbols are added and the count is higher. */ 2747 2748static bfd_boolean 2749mips_elf_sort_hash_table (struct bfd_link_info *info, unsigned long max_local) 2750{ 2751 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd; 2752 struct mips_got_info *g; 2753 bfd *dynobj; 2754 2755 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; 2756 2757 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL); 2758 2759 hsd.low = NULL; 2760 hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx = 2761 hsd.min_got_dynindx = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount 2762 /* In the multi-got case, assigned_gotno of the master got_info 2763 indicate the number of entries that aren't referenced in the 2764 primary GOT, but that must have entries because there are 2765 dynamic relocations that reference it. Since they aren't 2766 referenced, we move them to the end of the GOT, so that they 2767 don't prevent other entries that are referenced from getting 2768 too large offsets. */ 2769 - (g->next ? g->assigned_gotno : 0); 2770 hsd.max_non_got_dynindx = max_local; 2771 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) 2772 elf_hash_table (info)), 2773 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f, 2774 &hsd); 2775 2776 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to 2777 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */ 2778 BFD_ASSERT (hsd.max_non_got_dynindx <= hsd.min_got_dynindx); 2779 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long)hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx 2780 <= elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount); 2781 2782 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol 2783 table index in the GOT. */ 2784 g->global_gotsym = hsd.low; 2785 2786 return TRUE; 2787} 2788 2789/* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic 2790 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic 2791 index. */ 2792 2793static bfd_boolean 2794mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data) 2795{ 2796 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data *hsd = data; 2797 2798 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 2799 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link; 2800 2801 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting 2802 at all. */ 2803 if (h->root.dynindx == -1) 2804 return TRUE; 2805 2806 /* Global symbols that need GOT entries that are not explicitly 2807 referenced are marked with got offset 2. Those that are 2808 referenced get a 1, and those that don't need GOT entries get 2809 -1. */ 2810 if (h->root.got.offset == 2) 2811 { 2812 BFD_ASSERT (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL); 2813 2814 if (hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx == hsd->min_got_dynindx) 2815 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h; 2816 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx++; 2817 } 2818 else if (h->root.got.offset != 1) 2819 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_non_got_dynindx++; 2820 else 2821 { 2822 BFD_ASSERT (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL); 2823 2824 h->root.dynindx = --hsd->min_got_dynindx; 2825 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h; 2826 } 2827 2828 return TRUE; 2829} 2830 2831/* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic 2832 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for 2833 posterity. */ 2834 2835static bfd_boolean 2836mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, 2837 bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, 2838 struct mips_got_info *g, 2839 unsigned char tls_flag) 2840{ 2841 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc; 2842 2843 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol 2844 table. */ 2845 if (h->dynindx == -1) 2846 { 2847 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)) 2848 { 2849 case STV_INTERNAL: 2850 case STV_HIDDEN: 2851 _bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (info, h, TRUE); 2852 break; 2853 } 2854 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) 2855 return FALSE; 2856 } 2857 2858 /* Make sure we have a GOT to put this entry into. */ 2859 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL); 2860 2861 entry.abfd = abfd; 2862 entry.symndx = -1; 2863 entry.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; 2864 entry.tls_type = 0; 2865 2866 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry, 2867 INSERT); 2868 2869 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't 2870 need to do it again. */ 2871 if (*loc) 2872 { 2873 (*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag; 2874 return TRUE; 2875 } 2876 2877 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry); 2878 2879 if (! *loc) 2880 return FALSE; 2881 2882 entry.gotidx = -1; 2883 entry.tls_type = tls_flag; 2884 2885 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry); 2886 2887 if (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE) 2888 return TRUE; 2889 2890 /* By setting this to a value other than -1, we are indicating that 2891 there needs to be a GOT entry for H. Avoid using zero, as the 2892 generic ELF copy_indirect_symbol tests for <= 0. */ 2893 if (tls_flag == 0) 2894 h->got.offset = 1; 2895 2896 return TRUE; 2897} 2898 2899/* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol 2900 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */ 2901 2902static bfd_boolean 2903mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd *abfd, long symndx, bfd_vma addend, 2904 struct mips_got_info *g, 2905 unsigned char tls_flag) 2906{ 2907 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc; 2908 2909 entry.abfd = abfd; 2910 entry.symndx = symndx; 2911 entry.d.addend = addend; 2912 entry.tls_type = tls_flag; 2913 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) 2914 htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry, INSERT); 2915 2916 if (*loc) 2917 { 2918 if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_GD && !((*loc)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)) 2919 { 2920 g->tls_gotno += 2; 2921 (*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag; 2922 } 2923 else if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_IE && !((*loc)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)) 2924 { 2925 g->tls_gotno += 1; 2926 (*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag; 2927 } 2928 return TRUE; 2929 } 2930 2931 if (tls_flag != 0) 2932 { 2933 entry.gotidx = -1; 2934 entry.tls_type = tls_flag; 2935 if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_IE) 2936 g->tls_gotno += 1; 2937 else if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_GD) 2938 g->tls_gotno += 2; 2939 else if (g->tls_ldm_offset == MINUS_ONE) 2940 { 2941 g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_TWO; 2942 g->tls_gotno += 2; 2943 } 2944 } 2945 else 2946 { 2947 entry.gotidx = g->local_gotno++; 2948 entry.tls_type = 0; 2949 } 2950 2951 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry); 2952 2953 if (! *loc) 2954 return FALSE; 2955 2956 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry); 2957 2958 return TRUE; 2959} 2960 2961/* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */ 2962 2963static hashval_t 2964mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_) 2965{ 2966 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *entry 2967 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry_; 2968 2969 return entry->bfd->id; 2970} 2971 2972/* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */ 2973 2974static int 2975mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2) 2976{ 2977 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e1 2978 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry1; 2979 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e2 2980 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry2; 2981 2982 return e1->bfd == e2->bfd; 2983} 2984 2985/* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBFD. G must 2986 be the master GOT data. */ 2987 2988static struct mips_got_info * 2989mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd) 2990{ 2991 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e, *p; 2992 2993 if (! g->bfd2got) 2994 return g; 2995 2996 e.bfd = ibfd; 2997 p = htab_find (g->bfd2got, &e); 2998 return p ? p->g : NULL; 2999} 3000 3001/* Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global 3002 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each 3003 bfd requires. */ 3004 3005static int 3006mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp, void *p) 3007{ 3008 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp; 3009 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p; 3010 htab_t bfd2got = arg->bfd2got; 3011 struct mips_got_info *g; 3012 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry, *bfdgot; 3013 void **bfdgotp; 3014 3015 /* Find the got_info for this GOT entry's input bfd. Create one if 3016 none exists. */ 3017 bfdgot_entry.bfd = entry->abfd; 3018 bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (bfd2got, &bfdgot_entry, INSERT); 3019 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)*bfdgotp; 3020 3021 if (bfdgot != NULL) 3022 g = bfdgot->g; 3023 else 3024 { 3025 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)bfd_alloc 3026 (arg->obfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash)); 3027 3028 if (bfdgot == NULL) 3029 { 3030 arg->obfd = 0; 3031 return 0; 3032 } 3033 3034 *bfdgotp = bfdgot; 3035 3036 bfdgot->bfd = entry->abfd; 3037 bfdgot->g = g = (struct mips_got_info *) 3038 bfd_alloc (arg->obfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info)); 3039 if (g == NULL) 3040 { 3041 arg->obfd = 0; 3042 return 0; 3043 } 3044 3045 g->global_gotsym = NULL; 3046 g->global_gotno = 0; 3047 g->local_gotno = 0; 3048 g->assigned_gotno = -1; 3049 g->tls_gotno = 0; 3050 g->tls_assigned_gotno = 0; 3051 g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE; 3052 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash, 3053 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq, NULL); 3054 if (g->got_entries == NULL) 3055 { 3056 arg->obfd = 0; 3057 return 0; 3058 } 3059 3060 g->bfd2got = NULL; 3061 g->next = NULL; 3062 } 3063 3064 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */ 3065 entryp = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, entry, INSERT); 3066 if (*entryp != NULL) 3067 return 1; 3068 3069 *entryp = entry; 3070 3071 if (entry->tls_type) 3072 { 3073 if (entry->tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_LDM)) 3074 g->tls_gotno += 2; 3075 if (entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) 3076 g->tls_gotno += 1; 3077 } 3078 else if (entry->symndx >= 0 || entry->d.h->forced_local) 3079 ++g->local_gotno; 3080 else 3081 ++g->global_gotno; 3082 3083 return 1; 3084} 3085 3086/* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much 3087 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit 3088 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global 3089 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got, 3090 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got 3091 and then make make the new got current. */ 3092 3093static int 3094mips_elf_merge_gots (void **bfd2got_, void *p) 3095{ 3096 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfd2got 3097 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)*bfd2got_; 3098 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p; 3099 unsigned int lcount = bfd2got->g->local_gotno; 3100 unsigned int gcount = bfd2got->g->global_gotno; 3101 unsigned int tcount = bfd2got->g->tls_gotno; 3102 unsigned int maxcnt = arg->max_count; 3103 bfd_boolean too_many_for_tls = FALSE; 3104 3105 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals 3106 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be 3107 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that 3108 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */ 3109 if (tcount > 0) 3110 { 3111 unsigned int primary_total = lcount + tcount + arg->global_count; 3112 if (primary_total > maxcnt) 3113 too_many_for_tls = TRUE; 3114 } 3115 3116 /* If we don't have a primary GOT and this is not too big, use it as 3117 a starting point for the primary GOT. */ 3118 if (! arg->primary && lcount + gcount + tcount <= maxcnt 3119 && ! too_many_for_tls) 3120 { 3121 arg->primary = bfd2got->g; 3122 arg->primary_count = lcount + gcount; 3123 } 3124 /* If it looks like we can merge this bfd's entries with those of 3125 the primary, merge them. The heuristics is conservative, but we 3126 don't have to squeeze it too hard. */ 3127 else if (arg->primary && ! too_many_for_tls 3128 && (arg->primary_count + lcount + gcount + tcount) <= maxcnt) 3129 { 3130 struct mips_got_info *g = bfd2got->g; 3131 int old_lcount = arg->primary->local_gotno; 3132 int old_gcount = arg->primary->global_gotno; 3133 int old_tcount = arg->primary->tls_gotno; 3134 3135 bfd2got->g = arg->primary; 3136 3137 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, 3138 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd, 3139 arg); 3140 if (arg->obfd == NULL) 3141 return 0; 3142 3143 htab_delete (g->got_entries); 3144 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual 3145 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash 3146 table anyway. */ 3147 3148 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount + lcount >= arg->primary->local_gotno); 3149 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount + gcount >= arg->primary->global_gotno); 3150 BFD_ASSERT (old_tcount + tcount >= arg->primary->tls_gotno); 3151 3152 arg->primary_count = arg->primary->local_gotno 3153 + arg->primary->global_gotno + arg->primary->tls_gotno; 3154 } 3155 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */ 3156 else if (arg->current 3157 && arg->current_count + lcount + gcount + tcount <= maxcnt) 3158 { 3159 struct mips_got_info *g = bfd2got->g; 3160 int old_lcount = arg->current->local_gotno; 3161 int old_gcount = arg->current->global_gotno; 3162 int old_tcount = arg->current->tls_gotno; 3163 3164 bfd2got->g = arg->current; 3165 3166 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, 3167 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd, 3168 arg); 3169 if (arg->obfd == NULL) 3170 return 0; 3171 3172 htab_delete (g->got_entries); 3173 3174 BFD_ASSERT (old_lcount + lcount >= arg->current->local_gotno); 3175 BFD_ASSERT (old_gcount + gcount >= arg->current->global_gotno); 3176 BFD_ASSERT (old_tcount + tcount >= arg->current->tls_gotno); 3177 3178 arg->current_count = arg->current->local_gotno 3179 + arg->current->global_gotno + arg->current->tls_gotno; 3180 } 3181 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it 3182 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation 3183 overflows anyway. */ 3184 else 3185 { 3186 bfd2got->g->next = arg->current; 3187 arg->current = bfd2got->g; 3188 3189 arg->current_count = lcount + gcount + 2 * tcount; 3190 } 3191 3192 return 1; 3193} 3194 3195/* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. ENTRYP's NEXT field 3196 is null iff there is just a single GOT. */ 3197 3198static int 3199mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp, void *p) 3200{ 3201 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp; 3202 struct mips_got_info *g = p; 3203 bfd_vma next_index; 3204 3205 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */ 3206 if (entry->tls_type == 0) 3207 return 1; 3208 3209 next_index = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (entry->abfd) * (long) g->tls_assigned_gotno; 3210 3211 if (entry->symndx == -1 && g->next == NULL) 3212 { 3213 /* A type (3) got entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's 3214 hash table entry to track its index. */ 3215 if (entry->d.h->tls_type & GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE) 3216 return 1; 3217 entry->d.h->tls_type |= GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE; 3218 entry->d.h->tls_got_offset = next_index; 3219 } 3220 else 3221 { 3222 if (entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM) 3223 { 3224 /* There are separate mips_got_entry objects for each input bfd 3225 that requires an LDM entry. Make sure that all LDM entries in 3226 a GOT resolve to the same index. */ 3227 if (g->tls_ldm_offset != MINUS_TWO && g->tls_ldm_offset != MINUS_ONE) 3228 { 3229 entry->gotidx = g->tls_ldm_offset; 3230 return 1; 3231 } 3232 g->tls_ldm_offset = next_index; 3233 } 3234 entry->gotidx = next_index; 3235 } 3236 3237 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */ 3238 if (entry->tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_LDM)) 3239 g->tls_assigned_gotno += 2; 3240 if (entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE) 3241 g->tls_assigned_gotno += 1; 3242 3243 return 1; 3244} 3245 3246/* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used 3247 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary 3248 got) to the given VALUE. 3249 3250 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must 3251 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of 3252 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the 3253 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the 3254 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size 3255 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a 3256 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is 3257 marked as not eligible for lazy resolution through a function 3258 stub. */ 3259static int 3260mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (void **entryp, void *p) 3261{ 3262 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp; 3263 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg *arg 3264 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg *)p; 3265 struct mips_got_info *g = arg->g; 3266 3267 if (g && entry->tls_type != GOT_NORMAL) 3268 arg->needed_relocs += 3269 mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, entry->tls_type, 3270 entry->symndx == -1 ? &entry->d.h->root : NULL); 3271 3272 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1 3273 && entry->d.h->root.dynindx != -1 3274 && entry->d.h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL) 3275 { 3276 if (g) 3277 { 3278 BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotsym == NULL); 3279 3280 entry->gotidx = arg->value * (long) g->assigned_gotno++; 3281 if (arg->info->shared 3282 || (elf_hash_table (arg->info)->dynamic_sections_created 3283 && entry->d.h->root.def_dynamic 3284 && !entry->d.h->root.def_regular)) 3285 ++arg->needed_relocs; 3286 } 3287 else 3288 entry->d.h->root.got.offset = arg->value; 3289 } 3290 3291 return 1; 3292} 3293 3294/* Mark any global symbols referenced in the GOT we are iterating over 3295 as inelligible for lazy resolution stubs. */ 3296static int 3297mips_elf_set_no_stub (void **entryp, void *p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 3298{ 3299 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp; 3300 3301 if (entry->abfd != NULL 3302 && entry->symndx == -1 3303 && entry->d.h->root.dynindx != -1) 3304 entry->d.h->no_fn_stub = TRUE; 3305 3306 return 1; 3307} 3308 3309/* Follow indirect and warning hash entries so that each got entry 3310 points to the final symbol definition. P must point to a pointer 3311 to the hash table we're traversing. Since this traversal may 3312 modify the hash table, we set this pointer to NULL to indicate 3313 we've made a potentially-destructive change to the hash table, so 3314 the traversal must be restarted. */ 3315static int 3316mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry (void **entryp, void *p) 3317{ 3318 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp; 3319 htab_t got_entries = *(htab_t *)p; 3320 3321 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1) 3322 { 3323 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = entry->d.h; 3324 3325 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 3326 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 3327 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link; 3328 3329 if (entry->d.h == h) 3330 return 1; 3331 3332 entry->d.h = h; 3333 3334 /* If we can't find this entry with the new bfd hash, re-insert 3335 it, and get the traversal restarted. */ 3336 if (! htab_find (got_entries, entry)) 3337 { 3338 htab_clear_slot (got_entries, entryp); 3339 entryp = htab_find_slot (got_entries, entry, INSERT); 3340 if (! *entryp) 3341 *entryp = entry; 3342 /* Abort the traversal, since the whole table may have 3343 moved, and leave it up to the parent to restart the 3344 process. */ 3345 *(htab_t *)p = NULL; 3346 return 0; 3347 } 3348 /* We might want to decrement the global_gotno count, but it's 3349 either too early or too late for that at this point. */ 3350 } 3351 3352 return 1; 3353} 3354 3355/* Turn indirect got entries in a got_entries table into their final 3356 locations. */ 3357static void 3358mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info *g) 3359{ 3360 htab_t got_entries; 3361 3362 do 3363 { 3364 got_entries = g->got_entries; 3365 3366 htab_traverse (got_entries, 3367 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entry, 3368 &got_entries); 3369 } 3370 while (got_entries == NULL); 3371} 3372 3373/* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of 3374 the primary GOT. */ 3375static bfd_vma 3376mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd) 3377{ 3378 if (g->bfd2got == NULL) 3379 return 0; 3380 3381 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd); 3382 if (! g) 3383 return 0; 3384 3385 BFD_ASSERT (g->next); 3386 3387 g = g->next; 3388 3389 return (g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno) 3390 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd); 3391} 3392 3393/* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into 3394 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */ 3395 3396static bfd_boolean 3397mips_elf_multi_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, 3398 struct mips_got_info *g, asection *got, 3399 bfd_size_type pages) 3400{ 3401 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg; 3402 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg; 3403 struct mips_got_info *gg; 3404 unsigned int assign; 3405 3406 g->bfd2got = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash, 3407 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq, NULL); 3408 if (g->bfd2got == NULL) 3409 return FALSE; 3410 3411 got_per_bfd_arg.bfd2got = g->bfd2got; 3412 got_per_bfd_arg.obfd = abfd; 3413 got_per_bfd_arg.info = info; 3414 3415 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a 3416 map from bfd to got info while at that. */ 3417 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd, &got_per_bfd_arg); 3418 if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL) 3419 return FALSE; 3420 3421 got_per_bfd_arg.current = NULL; 3422 got_per_bfd_arg.primary = NULL; 3423 /* Taking out PAGES entries is a worst-case estimate. We could 3424 compute the maximum number of pages that each separate input bfd 3425 uses, but it's probably not worth it. */ 3426 got_per_bfd_arg.max_count = ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info) 3427 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd)) 3428 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info) - pages); 3429 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT. 3430 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_offset below for more 3431 information. */ 3432 got_per_bfd_arg.global_count = g->global_gotno; 3433 3434 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they 3435 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them 3436 to be the primary GOT. */ 3437 htab_traverse (g->bfd2got, mips_elf_merge_gots, &got_per_bfd_arg); 3438 if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL) 3439 return FALSE; 3440 3441 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */ 3442 if (got_per_bfd_arg.primary == NULL) 3443 { 3444 g->next = (struct mips_got_info *) 3445 bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info)); 3446 if (g->next == NULL) 3447 return FALSE; 3448 3449 g->next->global_gotsym = NULL; 3450 g->next->global_gotno = 0; 3451 g->next->local_gotno = 0; 3452 g->next->tls_gotno = 0; 3453 g->next->assigned_gotno = 0; 3454 g->next->tls_assigned_gotno = 0; 3455 g->next->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE; 3456 g->next->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash, 3457 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq, 3458 NULL); 3459 if (g->next->got_entries == NULL) 3460 return FALSE; 3461 g->next->bfd2got = NULL; 3462 } 3463 else 3464 g->next = got_per_bfd_arg.primary; 3465 g->next->next = got_per_bfd_arg.current; 3466 3467 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */ 3468 gg = g; 3469 g = g->next; 3470 3471 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going 3472 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we 3473 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it. 3474 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the 3475 list. */ 3476 { 3477 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfdgot; 3478 void **bfdgotp; 3479 3480 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)bfd_alloc 3481 (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash)); 3482 3483 if (bfdgot == NULL) 3484 return FALSE; 3485 3486 bfdgot->bfd = abfd; 3487 bfdgot->g = g; 3488 bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (gg->bfd2got, bfdgot, INSERT); 3489 3490 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp == NULL); 3491 *bfdgotp = bfdgot; 3492 } 3493 3494 /* The IRIX dynamic linker requires every symbol that is referenced 3495 in a dynamic relocation to be present in the primary GOT, so 3496 arrange for them to appear after those that are actually 3497 referenced. 3498 3499 GNU/Linux could very well do without it, but it would slow down 3500 the dynamic linker, since it would have to resolve every dynamic 3501 symbol referenced in other GOTs more than once, without help from 3502 the cache. Also, knowing that every external symbol has a GOT 3503 helps speed up the resolution of local symbols too, so GNU/Linux 3504 follows IRIX's practice. 3505 3506 The number 2 is used by mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f to count 3507 global GOT symbols that are unreferenced in the primary GOT, with 3508 an initial dynamic index computed from gg->assigned_gotno, where 3509 the number of unreferenced global entries in the primary GOT is 3510 preserved. */ 3511 if (1) 3512 { 3513 gg->assigned_gotno = gg->global_gotno - g->global_gotno; 3514 g->global_gotno = gg->global_gotno; 3515 set_got_offset_arg.value = 2; 3516 } 3517 else 3518 { 3519 /* This could be used for dynamic linkers that don't optimize 3520 symbol resolution while applying relocations so as to use 3521 primary GOT entries or assuming the symbol is locally-defined. 3522 With this code, we assign lower dynamic indices to global 3523 symbols that are not referenced in the primary GOT, so that 3524 their entries can be omitted. */ 3525 gg->assigned_gotno = 0; 3526 set_got_offset_arg.value = -1; 3527 } 3528 3529 /* Reorder dynamic symbols as described above (which behavior 3530 depends on the setting of VALUE). */ 3531 set_got_offset_arg.g = NULL; 3532 htab_traverse (gg->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset, 3533 &set_got_offset_arg); 3534 set_got_offset_arg.value = 1; 3535 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset, 3536 &set_got_offset_arg); 3537 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, 1)) 3538 return FALSE; 3539 3540 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges. 3541 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local 3542 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by 3543 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make 3544 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the 3545 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To 3546 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving 3547 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links, 3548 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of 3549 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial 3550 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT 3551 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it 3552 points back to the master GOT. */ 3553 gg->local_gotno = -g->global_gotno; 3554 gg->global_gotno = g->global_gotno; 3555 gg->tls_gotno = 0; 3556 assign = 0; 3557 gg->next = gg; 3558 3559 do 3560 { 3561 struct mips_got_info *gn; 3562 3563 assign += MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info); 3564 g->assigned_gotno = assign; 3565 g->local_gotno += assign + pages; 3566 assign = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno; 3567 3568 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed 3569 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after 3570 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */ 3571 gn = g->next; 3572 g->next = gg->next; 3573 gg->next = g; 3574 3575 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after 3576 all non-TLS entries. */ 3577 g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno; 3578 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, g); 3579 3580 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */ 3581 g = gn; 3582 3583 /* Mark global symbols in every non-primary GOT as ineligible for 3584 stubs. */ 3585 if (g) 3586 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_no_stub, NULL); 3587 } 3588 while (g); 3589 3590 got->size = (gg->next->local_gotno 3591 + gg->next->global_gotno 3592 + gg->next->tls_gotno) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd); 3593 3594 return TRUE; 3595} 3596 3597 3598/* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with 3599 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */ 3600 3601static const Elf_Internal_Rela * 3602mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int r_type, 3603 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation, 3604 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend) 3605{ 3606 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info); 3607 3608 while (relocation < relend) 3609 { 3610 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_type 3611 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_symndx) 3612 return relocation; 3613 3614 ++relocation; 3615 } 3616 3617 /* We didn't find it. */ 3618 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 3619 return NULL; 3620} 3621 3622/* Return whether a relocation is against a local symbol. */ 3623 3624static bfd_boolean 3625mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd *input_bfd, 3626 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation, 3627 asection **local_sections, 3628 bfd_boolean check_forced) 3629{ 3630 unsigned long r_symndx; 3631 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 3632 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h; 3633 size_t extsymoff; 3634 3635 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info); 3636 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr; 3637 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info; 3638 3639 if (r_symndx < extsymoff) 3640 return TRUE; 3641 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd) && local_sections[r_symndx] != NULL) 3642 return TRUE; 3643 3644 if (check_forced) 3645 { 3646 /* Look up the hash table to check whether the symbol 3647 was forced local. */ 3648 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) 3649 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]; 3650 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */ 3651 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 3652 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 3653 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link; 3654 if (h->root.forced_local) 3655 return TRUE; 3656 } 3657 3658 return FALSE; 3659} 3660 3661/* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */ 3662 3663bfd_vma 3664_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value, int bits) 3665{ 3666 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bits - 1))) 3667 /* VALUE is negative. */ 3668 value |= ((bfd_vma) - 1) << bits; 3669 3670 return value; 3671} 3672 3673/* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum 3674 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of 3675 BITS. */ 3676 3677static bfd_boolean 3678mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value, int bits) 3679{ 3680 bfd_signed_vma svalue = (bfd_signed_vma) value; 3681 3682 if (svalue > (1 << (bits - 1)) - 1) 3683 /* The value is too big. */ 3684 return TRUE; 3685 else if (svalue < -(1 << (bits - 1))) 3686 /* The value is too small. */ 3687 return TRUE; 3688 3689 /* All is well. */ 3690 return FALSE; 3691} 3692 3693/* Calculate the %high function. */ 3694 3695static bfd_vma 3696mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value) 3697{ 3698 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff; 3699} 3700 3701/* Calculate the %higher function. */ 3702 3703static bfd_vma 3704mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 3705{ 3706#ifdef BFD64 3707 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff; 3708#else 3709 abort (); 3710 return MINUS_ONE; 3711#endif 3712} 3713 3714/* Calculate the %highest function. */ 3715 3716static bfd_vma 3717mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 3718{ 3719#ifdef BFD64 3720 return ((value + (((bfd_vma) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff; 3721#else 3722 abort (); 3723 return MINUS_ONE; 3724#endif 3725} 3726 3727/* Create the .compact_rel section. */ 3728 3729static bfd_boolean 3730mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section 3731 (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 3732{ 3733 flagword flags; 3734 register asection *s; 3735 3736 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".compact_rel") == NULL) 3737 { 3738 flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED 3739 | SEC_READONLY); 3740 3741 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".compact_rel", flags); 3742 if (s == NULL 3743 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 3744 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd))) 3745 return FALSE; 3746 3747 s->size = sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel); 3748 } 3749 3750 return TRUE; 3751} 3752 3753/* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */ 3754 3755static bfd_boolean 3756mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, 3757 bfd_boolean maybe_exclude) 3758{ 3759 flagword flags; 3760 register asection *s; 3761 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 3762 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh; 3763 struct mips_got_info *g; 3764 bfd_size_type amt; 3765 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 3766 3767 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); 3768 3769 /* This function may be called more than once. */ 3770 s = mips_elf_got_section (abfd, TRUE); 3771 if (s) 3772 { 3773 if (! maybe_exclude) 3774 s->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE; 3775 return TRUE; 3776 } 3777 3778 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY 3779 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 3780 3781 if (maybe_exclude) 3782 flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; 3783 3784 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded 3785 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */ 3786 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".got", flags); 3787 if (s == NULL 3788 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4)) 3789 return FALSE; 3790 3791 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the 3792 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we 3793 are not creating a global offset table. */ 3794 bh = NULL; 3795 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol 3796 (info, abfd, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s, 3797 0, NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh))) 3798 return FALSE; 3799 3800 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh; 3801 h->non_elf = 0; 3802 h->def_regular = 1; 3803 h->type = STT_OBJECT; 3804 elf_hash_table (info)->hgot = h; 3805 3806 if (info->shared 3807 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) 3808 return FALSE; 3809 3810 amt = sizeof (struct mips_got_info); 3811 g = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); 3812 if (g == NULL) 3813 return FALSE; 3814 g->global_gotsym = NULL; 3815 g->global_gotno = 0; 3816 g->tls_gotno = 0; 3817 g->local_gotno = MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info); 3818 g->assigned_gotno = MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info); 3819 g->bfd2got = NULL; 3820 g->next = NULL; 3821 g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE; 3822 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash, 3823 mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL); 3824 if (g->got_entries == NULL) 3825 return FALSE; 3826 mips_elf_section_data (s)->u.got_info = g; 3827 mips_elf_section_data (s)->elf.this_hdr.sh_flags 3828 |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL; 3829 3830 /* VxWorks also needs a .got.plt section. */ 3831 if (htab->is_vxworks) 3832 { 3833 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".got.plt", 3834 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS 3835 | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED); 3836 if (s == NULL || !bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4)) 3837 return FALSE; 3838 3839 htab->sgotplt = s; 3840 } 3841 return TRUE; 3842} 3843 3844/* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or 3845 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for 3846 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */ 3847 3848static bfd_boolean 3849is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 3850{ 3851 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->is_vxworks 3852 && info->shared 3853 && (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0 3854 || strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0)); 3855} 3856 3857/* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from 3858 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this 3859 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored. 3860 3861 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP. 3862 REQUIRE_JALXP indicates whether or not the opcode used with this 3863 relocation must be JALX. 3864 3865 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no 3866 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if 3867 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an 3868 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */ 3869 3870static bfd_reloc_status_type 3871mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd *abfd, bfd *input_bfd, 3872 asection *input_section, 3873 struct bfd_link_info *info, 3874 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation, 3875 bfd_vma addend, reloc_howto_type *howto, 3876 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms, 3877 asection **local_sections, bfd_vma *valuep, 3878 const char **namep, bfd_boolean *require_jalxp, 3879 bfd_boolean save_addend) 3880{ 3881 /* The eventual value we will return. */ 3882 bfd_vma value; 3883 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is 3884 occurring. */ 3885 bfd_vma symbol = 0; 3886 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or 3887 shared object file being produced. */ 3888 bfd_vma gp = MINUS_ONE; 3889 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being 3890 relocated. */ 3891 bfd_vma p; 3892 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */ 3893 bfd_vma gp0 = MINUS_ONE; 3894 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of 3895 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides 3896 during execution. */ 3897 bfd_vma g = MINUS_ONE; 3898 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is 3899 located. */ 3900 asection *sec = NULL; 3901 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL; 3902 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local 3903 symbol. */ 3904 bfd_boolean local_p, was_local_p; 3905 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */ 3906 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p = FALSE; 3907 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is 3908 "__gnu_local_gp". */ 3909 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p = FALSE; 3910 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 3911 size_t extsymoff; 3912 unsigned long r_symndx; 3913 int r_type; 3914 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the 3915 relocation value. */ 3916 bfd_boolean overflowed_p; 3917 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */ 3918 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE; 3919 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 3920 bfd *dynobj; 3921 3922 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; 3923 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); 3924 3925 /* Parse the relocation. */ 3926 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info); 3927 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info); 3928 p = (input_section->output_section->vma 3929 + input_section->output_offset 3930 + relocation->r_offset); 3931 3932 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */ 3933 overflowed_p = FALSE; 3934 3935 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset 3936 used in the array of hash table entries. */ 3937 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr; 3938 local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation, 3939 local_sections, FALSE); 3940 was_local_p = local_p; 3941 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) 3942 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info; 3943 else 3944 { 3945 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols 3946 must come before globals. */ 3947 extsymoff = 0; 3948 } 3949 3950 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */ 3951 if (local_p) 3952 { 3953 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; 3954 3955 sym = local_syms + r_symndx; 3956 sec = local_sections[r_symndx]; 3957 3958 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset; 3959 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_SECTION 3960 || (sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)) 3961 symbol += sym->st_value; 3962 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE) 3963 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION) 3964 { 3965 addend = _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd, sym, &sec, addend); 3966 addend -= symbol; 3967 addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset; 3968 } 3969 3970 /* MIPS16 text labels should be treated as odd. */ 3971 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16) 3972 ++symbol; 3973 3974 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */ 3975 *namep = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd, 3976 symtab_hdr->sh_link, 3977 sym->st_name); 3978 if (*namep == '\0') 3979 *namep = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec); 3980 3981 target_is_16_bit_code_p = (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16); 3982 } 3983 else 3984 { 3985 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */ 3986 3987 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */ 3988 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) 3989 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]); 3990 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */ 3991 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 3992 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 3993 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link; 3994 3995 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */ 3996 *namep = h->root.root.root.string; 3997 3998 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a 3999 symbol must always be a global symbol. */ 4000 if (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0 4001 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd)) 4002 { 4003 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with 4004 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */ 4005 if (r_type != R_MIPS_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS_LO16 4006 && r_type != R_MIPS16_HI16 && r_type != R_MIPS16_LO16) 4007 return bfd_reloc_notsupported; 4008 4009 gp_disp_p = TRUE; 4010 } 4011 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a 4012 symbol must always be a global symbol. */ 4013 else if (strcmp (*namep, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0) 4014 gnu_local_gp_p = TRUE; 4015 4016 4017 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that 4018 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the 4019 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not 4020 its defined. */ 4021 else if ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined 4022 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) 4023 && h->root.root.u.def.section) 4024 { 4025 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section; 4026 if (sec->output_section) 4027 symbol = (h->root.root.u.def.value 4028 + sec->output_section->vma 4029 + sec->output_offset); 4030 else 4031 symbol = h->root.root.u.def.value; 4032 } 4033 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak) 4034 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving 4035 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions 4036 and check to see if they exist by looking at their 4037 addresses. */ 4038 symbol = 0; 4039 else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE 4040 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT) 4041 symbol = 0; 4042 else if (strcmp (*namep, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd) 4043 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0) 4044 { 4045 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a 4046 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol 4047 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections. 4048 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0. 4049 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table 4050 somehow as well. */ 4051 BFD_ASSERT (! info->shared); 4052 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") == NULL); 4053 symbol = 0; 4054 } 4055 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->root.other)) 4056 { 4057 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the 4058 ELF spec. Ignore it for now. 4059 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols 4060 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now. 4061 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification" 4062 which is available from here: 4063 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */ 4064 symbol = 0; 4065 } 4066 else 4067 { 4068 if (! ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol) 4069 (info, h->root.root.root.string, input_bfd, 4070 input_section, relocation->r_offset, 4071 (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR) 4072 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other)))) 4073 return bfd_reloc_undefined; 4074 symbol = 0; 4075 } 4076 4077 target_is_16_bit_code_p = (h->root.other == STO_MIPS16); 4078 } 4079 4080 /* If this is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function with a stub, we 4081 need to redirect the call to the stub, unless we're already *in* 4082 a stub. */ 4083 if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable 4084 && ((h != NULL && h->fn_stub != NULL) 4085 || (local_p 4086 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs != NULL 4087 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL)) 4088 && !mips16_stub_section_p (input_bfd, input_section)) 4089 { 4090 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should 4091 have already noticed that we were going to need the 4092 stub. */ 4093 if (local_p) 4094 sec = elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx]; 4095 else 4096 { 4097 BFD_ASSERT (h->need_fn_stub); 4098 sec = h->fn_stub; 4099 } 4100 4101 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset; 4102 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */ 4103 target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE; 4104 } 4105 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we 4106 need to redirect the call to the stub. */ 4107 else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable 4108 && h != NULL 4109 && ((h->call_stub != NULL || h->call_fp_stub != NULL) 4110 || (local_p 4111 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs != NULL 4112 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL)) 4113 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p) 4114 { 4115 if (local_p) 4116 sec = elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx]; 4117 else 4118 { 4119 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure 4120 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input 4121 file. */ 4122 if (h->call_stub != NULL && h->call_fp_stub != NULL) 4123 { 4124 asection *o; 4125 4126 sec = NULL; 4127 for (o = input_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) 4128 { 4129 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd, o))) 4130 { 4131 sec = h->call_fp_stub; 4132 break; 4133 } 4134 } 4135 if (sec == NULL) 4136 sec = h->call_stub; 4137 } 4138 else if (h->call_stub != NULL) 4139 sec = h->call_stub; 4140 else 4141 sec = h->call_fp_stub; 4142 } 4143 4144 BFD_ASSERT (sec->size > 0); 4145 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset; 4146 } 4147 4148 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the 4149 special jalx instruction. */ 4150 *require_jalxp = (!info->relocatable 4151 && (((r_type == R_MIPS16_26) && !target_is_16_bit_code_p) 4152 || ((r_type == R_MIPS_26) && target_is_16_bit_code_p))); 4153 4154 local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation, 4155 local_sections, TRUE); 4156 4157 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, or the GP value, 4158 and we're going to need it, get it now. */ 4159 switch (r_type) 4160 { 4161 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE: 4162 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST: 4163 /* We need to decay to GOT_DISP/addend if the symbol doesn't 4164 bind locally. */ 4165 local_p = local_p || _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (&h->root, info, 1); 4166 if (local_p || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_OFST) 4167 break; 4168 /* Fall through. */ 4169 4170 case R_MIPS_CALL16: 4171 case R_MIPS_GOT16: 4172 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP: 4173 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16: 4174 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16: 4175 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16: 4176 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16: 4177 case R_MIPS_TLS_GD: 4178 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL: 4179 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM: 4180 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */ 4181 if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM) 4182 { 4183 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info, 4184 sec, 0, 0, NULL, r_type); 4185 if (g == MINUS_ONE) 4186 return bfd_reloc_outofrange; 4187 } 4188 else if (!local_p) 4189 { 4190 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt 4191 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */ 4192 if (htab->is_vxworks 4193 && (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 4194 || r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16 4195 || r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16)) 4196 { 4197 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0); 4198 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.needs_plt); 4199 g = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, &h->root); 4200 } 4201 else 4202 { 4203 /* GOT_PAGE may take a non-zero addend, that is ignored in a 4204 GOT_PAGE relocation that decays to GOT_DISP because the 4205 symbol turns out to be global. The addend is then added 4206 as GOT_OFST. */ 4207 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE); 4208 g = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, input_bfd, 4209 &h->root, r_type, info); 4210 if (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL 4211 && (! elf_hash_table(info)->dynamic_sections_created 4212 || (info->shared 4213 && (info->symbolic || h->root.forced_local) 4214 && h->root.def_regular))) 4215 { 4216 /* This is a static link or a -Bsymbolic link. The 4217 symbol is defined locally, or was forced to be local. 4218 We must initialize this entry in the GOT. */ 4219 asection *sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE); 4220 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj, symbol, sgot->contents + g); 4221 } 4222 } 4223 } 4224 else if (!htab->is_vxworks 4225 && (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16 || (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16))) 4226 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */ 4227 break; 4228 else 4229 { 4230 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info, sec, 4231 symbol + addend, r_symndx, h, r_type); 4232 if (g == MINUS_ONE) 4233 return bfd_reloc_outofrange; 4234 } 4235 4236 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */ 4237 g = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj, abfd, input_bfd, g); 4238 break; 4239 4240 case R_MIPS_HI16: 4241 case R_MIPS_LO16: 4242 case R_MIPS_GPREL16: 4243 case R_MIPS_GPREL32: 4244 case R_MIPS_LITERAL: 4245 case R_MIPS16_HI16: 4246 case R_MIPS16_LO16: 4247 case R_MIPS16_GPREL: 4248 gp0 = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd); 4249 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd); 4250 if (dynobj) 4251 gp += mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd, mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL), 4252 input_bfd); 4253 break; 4254 4255 default: 4256 break; 4257 } 4258 4259 if (gnu_local_gp_p) 4260 symbol = gp; 4261 4262 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ 4263 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */ 4264 if (h != NULL && is_gott_symbol (info, &h->root)) 4265 { 4266 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; 4267 bfd_byte *loc; 4268 asection *s; 4269 4270 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE); 4271 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 4272 4273 outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma 4274 + input_section->output_offset 4275 + relocation->r_offset); 4276 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->root.dynindx, r_type); 4277 outrel.r_addend = addend; 4278 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, loc); 4279 *valuep = 0; 4280 return bfd_reloc_ok; 4281 } 4282 4283 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */ 4284 switch (r_type) 4285 { 4286 case R_MIPS_NONE: 4287 return bfd_reloc_continue; 4288 4289 case R_MIPS_16: 4290 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16); 4291 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16); 4292 break; 4293 4294 case R_MIPS_32: 4295 case R_MIPS_REL32: 4296 case R_MIPS_64: 4297 if ((info->shared 4298 || (!htab->is_vxworks 4299 && htab->root.dynamic_sections_created 4300 && h != NULL 4301 && h->root.def_dynamic 4302 && !h->root.def_regular)) 4303 && r_symndx != 0 4304 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) 4305 { 4306 /* If we're creating a shared library, or this relocation is 4307 against a symbol in a shared library, then we can't know 4308 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation 4309 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic 4310 linker. 4311 4312 In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols 4313 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's 4314 no need to add a dynamic relocation here. */ 4315 value = addend; 4316 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd, 4317 info, 4318 relocation, 4319 h, 4320 sec, 4321 symbol, 4322 &value, 4323 input_section)) 4324 return bfd_reloc_undefined; 4325 } 4326 else if (r_symndx == 0) 4327 /* r_symndx will be zero only for relocs against symbols 4328 from removed linkonce sections, or sections discarded by 4329 a linker script. */ 4330 value = 0; 4331 else 4332 { 4333 if (r_type != R_MIPS_REL32) 4334 value = symbol + addend; 4335 else 4336 value = addend; 4337 } 4338 value &= howto->dst_mask; 4339 break; 4340 4341 case R_MIPS_PC32: 4342 value = symbol + addend - p; 4343 value &= howto->dst_mask; 4344 break; 4345 4346 case R_MIPS16_26: 4347 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an 4348 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into 4349 the output file that's different. That's handled in 4350 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the 4351 R_MIPS_26 case here. */ 4352 case R_MIPS_26: 4353 if (local_p) 4354 value = ((addend | ((p + 4) & 0xf0000000)) + symbol) >> 2; 4355 else 4356 { 4357 value = (_bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 28) + symbol) >> 2; 4358 if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak) 4359 overflowed_p = (value >> 26) != ((p + 4) >> 28); 4360 } 4361 value &= howto->dst_mask; 4362 break; 4363 4364 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16: 4365 value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - dtprel_base (info)) 4366 & howto->dst_mask); 4367 break; 4368 4369 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16: 4370 value = (symbol + addend - dtprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask; 4371 break; 4372 4373 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16: 4374 value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - tprel_base (info)) 4375 & howto->dst_mask); 4376 break; 4377 4378 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16: 4379 value = (symbol + addend - tprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask; 4380 break; 4381 4382 case R_MIPS_HI16: 4383 case R_MIPS16_HI16: 4384 if (!gp_disp_p) 4385 { 4386 value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol); 4387 value &= howto->dst_mask; 4388 } 4389 else 4390 { 4391 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence 4392 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp) 4393 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp) 4394 8: sll $v0,16 4395 12: addu $v0,$v1 4396 14: move $gp,$v0 4397 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the 4398 $pc is four higher than $t9 would be, so reduce 4399 both reloc addends by 4. */ 4400 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16) 4401 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p - 4); 4402 else 4403 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p); 4404 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16); 4405 } 4406 break; 4407 4408 case R_MIPS_LO16: 4409 case R_MIPS16_LO16: 4410 if (!gp_disp_p) 4411 value = (symbol + addend) & howto->dst_mask; 4412 else 4413 { 4414 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason 4415 for this conditional. */ 4416 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16) 4417 value = addend + gp - p; 4418 else 4419 value = addend + gp - p + 4; 4420 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation 4421 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against 4422 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload 4423 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like 4424 this: 4425 4426 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp) 4427 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp) 4428 addu $gp,$gp,$t9 4429 4430 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called, 4431 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16 4432 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the 4433 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow. 4434 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do 4435 not check for overflow here. */ 4436 } 4437 break; 4438 4439 case R_MIPS_LITERAL: 4440 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this 4441 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge 4442 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work 4443 here. */ 4444 4445 /* Fall through. */ 4446 4447 case R_MIPS16_GPREL: 4448 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as 4449 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different 4450 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the 4451 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */ 4452 case R_MIPS_GPREL16: 4453 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the 4454 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone, 4455 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */ 4456 if (howto->partial_inplace) 4457 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16); 4458 value = symbol + addend - gp; 4459 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will 4460 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate 4461 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this 4462 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied 4463 to them before. */ 4464 if (was_local_p) 4465 value += gp0; 4466 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16); 4467 break; 4468 4469 case R_MIPS_GOT16: 4470 case R_MIPS_CALL16: 4471 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for 4472 R_MIPS_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */ 4473 if (!htab->is_vxworks && local_p) 4474 { 4475 bfd_boolean forced; 4476 4477 forced = ! mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation, 4478 local_sections, FALSE); 4479 value = mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd, input_bfd, info, sec, 4480 symbol + addend, forced); 4481 if (value == MINUS_ONE) 4482 return bfd_reloc_outofrange; 4483 value 4484 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj, abfd, input_bfd, value); 4485 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16); 4486 break; 4487 } 4488 4489 /* Fall through. */ 4490 4491 case R_MIPS_TLS_GD: 4492 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL: 4493 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM: 4494 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP: 4495 got_disp: 4496 value = g; 4497 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16); 4498 break; 4499 4500 case R_MIPS_GPREL32: 4501 value = (addend + symbol + gp0 - gp); 4502 if (!save_addend) 4503 value &= howto->dst_mask; 4504 break; 4505 4506 case R_MIPS_PC16: 4507 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2: 4508 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 18) - p; 4509 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 18); 4510 value >>= howto->rightshift; 4511 value &= howto->dst_mask; 4512 break; 4513 4514 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16: 4515 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16: 4516 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically. 4517 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations 4518 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */ 4519 value = g; 4520 value = mips_elf_high (value); 4521 value &= howto->dst_mask; 4522 break; 4523 4524 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16: 4525 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16: 4526 value = g & howto->dst_mask; 4527 break; 4528 4529 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE: 4530 /* GOT_PAGE relocations that reference non-local symbols decay 4531 to GOT_DISP. The corresponding GOT_OFST relocation decays to 4532 0. */ 4533 if (! local_p) 4534 goto got_disp; 4535 value = mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, sec, 4536 symbol + addend, NULL); 4537 if (value == MINUS_ONE) 4538 return bfd_reloc_outofrange; 4539 value = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (dynobj, abfd, input_bfd, value); 4540 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16); 4541 break; 4542 4543 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST: 4544 if (local_p) 4545 mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, sec, 4546 symbol + addend, &value); 4547 else 4548 value = addend; 4549 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16); 4550 break; 4551 4552 case R_MIPS_SUB: 4553 value = symbol - addend; 4554 value &= howto->dst_mask; 4555 break; 4556 4557 case R_MIPS_HIGHER: 4558 value = mips_elf_higher (addend + symbol); 4559 value &= howto->dst_mask; 4560 break; 4561 4562 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST: 4563 value = mips_elf_highest (addend + symbol); 4564 value &= howto->dst_mask; 4565 break; 4566 4567 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP: 4568 value = symbol + addend - sec->output_offset; 4569 value &= howto->dst_mask; 4570 break; 4571 4572 case R_MIPS_JALR: 4573 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize 4574 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize 4575 branches to the PLT; that will wind up wasting time. */ 4576 if (h != NULL && h->root.plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) 4577 return bfd_reloc_continue; 4578 value = symbol + addend; 4579 break; 4580 4581 case R_MIPS_PJUMP: 4582 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT: 4583 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY: 4584 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */ 4585 return bfd_reloc_continue; 4586 4587 default: 4588 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */ 4589 return bfd_reloc_notsupported; 4590 } 4591 4592 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */ 4593 *valuep = value; 4594 return overflowed_p ? bfd_reloc_overflow : bfd_reloc_ok; 4595} 4596 4597/* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */ 4598 4599static bfd_vma 4600mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type *howto, 4601 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation, 4602 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_byte *contents) 4603{ 4604 bfd_vma x; 4605 bfd_byte *location = contents + relocation->r_offset; 4606 4607 /* Obtain the bytes. */ 4608 x = bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto)), input_bfd, location); 4609 4610 return x; 4611} 4612 4613/* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the 4614 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the 4615 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the 4616 relocation applies. If REQUIRE_JALX is TRUE, then the opcode used 4617 for the relocation must be either JAL or JALX, and it is 4618 unconditionally converted to JALX. 4619 4620 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */ 4621 4622static bfd_boolean 4623mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info *info, 4624 reloc_howto_type *howto, 4625 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation, 4626 bfd_vma value, bfd *input_bfd, 4627 asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents, 4628 bfd_boolean require_jalx) 4629{ 4630 bfd_vma x; 4631 bfd_byte *location; 4632 int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info); 4633 4634 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */ 4635 location = contents + relocation->r_offset; 4636 4637 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd, r_type, FALSE, location); 4638 4639 /* Obtain the current value. */ 4640 x = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, relocation, input_bfd, contents); 4641 4642 /* Clear the field we are setting. */ 4643 x &= ~howto->dst_mask; 4644 4645 /* Set the field. */ 4646 x |= (value & howto->dst_mask); 4647 4648 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */ 4649 if (require_jalx) 4650 { 4651 bfd_boolean ok; 4652 bfd_vma opcode = x >> 26; 4653 bfd_vma jalx_opcode; 4654 4655 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */ 4656 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26) 4657 { 4658 ok = ((opcode == 0x6) || (opcode == 0x7)); 4659 jalx_opcode = 0x7; 4660 } 4661 else 4662 { 4663 ok = ((opcode == 0x3) || (opcode == 0x1d)); 4664 jalx_opcode = 0x1d; 4665 } 4666 4667 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. */ 4668 if (!ok) 4669 { 4670 (*_bfd_error_handler) 4671 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: jump to stub routine which is not jal"), 4672 input_bfd, 4673 input_section, 4674 (unsigned long) relocation->r_offset); 4675 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 4676 return FALSE; 4677 } 4678 4679 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */ 4680 x = (x & ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode << 26); 4681 } 4682 4683 /* On the RM9000, bal is faster than jal, because bal uses branch 4684 prediction hardware. If we are linking for the RM9000, and we 4685 see jal, and bal fits, use it instead. Note that this 4686 transformation should be safe for all architectures. */ 4687 if (bfd_get_mach (input_bfd) == bfd_mach_mips9000 4688 && !info->relocatable 4689 && !require_jalx 4690 && ((r_type == R_MIPS_26 && (x >> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */ 4691 || (r_type == R_MIPS_JALR && x == 0x0320f809))) /* jalr t9 */ 4692 { 4693 bfd_vma addr; 4694 bfd_vma dest; 4695 bfd_signed_vma off; 4696 4697 addr = (input_section->output_section->vma 4698 + input_section->output_offset 4699 + relocation->r_offset 4700 + 4); 4701 if (r_type == R_MIPS_26) 4702 dest = (value << 2) | ((addr >> 28) << 28); 4703 else 4704 dest = value; 4705 off = dest - addr; 4706 if (off <= 0x1ffff && off >= -0x20000) 4707 x = 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */ 4708 } 4709 4710 /* Put the value into the output. */ 4711 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto), input_bfd, x, location); 4712 4713 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd, r_type, !info->relocatable, 4714 location); 4715 4716 return TRUE; 4717} 4718 4719/* Returns TRUE if SECTION is a MIPS16 stub section. */ 4720 4721static bfd_boolean 4722mips16_stub_section_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *section) 4723{ 4724 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, section); 4725 4726 return FN_STUB_P (name) || CALL_STUB_P (name) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name); 4727} 4728 4729/* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */ 4730 4731static void 4732mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, 4733 unsigned int n) 4734{ 4735 asection *s; 4736 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 4737 4738 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); 4739 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE); 4740 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); 4741 4742 if (htab->is_vxworks) 4743 s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd); 4744 else 4745 { 4746 if (s->size == 0) 4747 { 4748 /* Make room for a null element. */ 4749 s->size += MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd); 4750 ++s->reloc_count; 4751 } 4752 s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd); 4753 } 4754} 4755 4756/* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL 4757 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a 4758 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the 4759 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */ 4760 4761static bfd_boolean 4762mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd, 4763 struct bfd_link_info *info, 4764 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, 4765 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, 4766 asection *sec, bfd_vma symbol, 4767 bfd_vma *addendp, asection *input_section) 4768{ 4769 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel[3]; 4770 asection *sreloc; 4771 bfd *dynobj; 4772 int r_type; 4773 long indx; 4774 bfd_boolean defined_p; 4775 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 4776 4777 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); 4778 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info); 4779 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; 4780 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE); 4781 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL); 4782 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->contents != NULL); 4783 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->reloc_count * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd) 4784 < sreloc->size); 4785 4786 outrel[0].r_offset = 4787 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[0].r_offset); 4788 outrel[1].r_offset = 4789 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[1].r_offset); 4790 outrel[2].r_offset = 4791 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[2].r_offset); 4792 4793 if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_ONE) 4794 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */ 4795 return TRUE; 4796 4797 if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_TWO) 4798 { 4799 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of 4800 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect 4801 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */ 4802 *addendp += symbol; 4803 return TRUE; 4804 } 4805 4806 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use 4807 in the relocation. */ 4808 if (h != NULL 4809 && (!h->root.def_regular 4810 || (info->shared && !info->symbolic && !h->root.forced_local))) 4811 { 4812 indx = h->root.dynindx; 4813 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)) 4814 defined_p = h->root.def_regular; 4815 else 4816 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the 4817 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against 4818 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against 4819 undefined symbols. */ 4820 defined_p = FALSE; 4821 } 4822 else 4823 { 4824 if (sec != NULL && bfd_is_abs_section (sec)) 4825 indx = 0; 4826 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL) 4827 { 4828 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 4829 return FALSE; 4830 } 4831 else 4832 { 4833 indx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx; 4834 if (indx == 0) 4835 { 4836 asection *osec = htab->root.text_index_section; 4837 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx; 4838 } 4839 if (indx == 0) 4840 abort (); 4841 } 4842 4843 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section 4844 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative 4845 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to 4846 local symbols because we used to generate them 4847 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value, 4848 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In 4849 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to 4850 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting 4851 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're 4852 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient 4853 as well. */ 4854 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so, 4855 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have 4856 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations 4857 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */ 4858 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)) 4859 indx = 0; 4860 defined_p = TRUE; 4861 } 4862 4863 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and 4864 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must 4865 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table. 4866 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */ 4867 if (defined_p && r_type != R_MIPS_REL32) 4868 *addendp += symbol; 4869 4870 if (htab->is_vxworks) 4871 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */ 4872 outrel[0].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_MIPS_32); 4873 else 4874 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't 4875 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */ 4876 outrel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, (unsigned long) indx, 4877 R_MIPS_REL32); 4878 4879 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should 4880 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the 4881 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as 4882 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all). 4883 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic 4884 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these 4885 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true, 4886 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so 4887 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per 4888 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an 4889 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a 4890 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */ 4891 outrel[1].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, 4892 ABI_64_P (output_bfd) 4893 ? R_MIPS_64 4894 : R_MIPS_NONE); 4895 outrel[2].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_NONE); 4896 4897 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the 4898 correct location in the output file. */ 4899 outrel[0].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma 4900 + input_section->output_offset); 4901 outrel[1].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma 4902 + input_section->output_offset); 4903 outrel[2].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma 4904 + input_section->output_offset); 4905 4906 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special 4907 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit 4908 relocation format is non-standard. */ 4909 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)) 4910 { 4911 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out) 4912 (output_bfd, &outrel[0], 4913 (sreloc->contents 4914 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel))); 4915 } 4916 else if (htab->is_vxworks) 4917 { 4918 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */ 4919 outrel[0].r_addend = *addendp; 4920 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out 4921 (output_bfd, &outrel[0], 4922 (sreloc->contents 4923 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))); 4924 } 4925 else 4926 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out 4927 (output_bfd, &outrel[0], 4928 (sreloc->contents + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel))); 4929 4930 /* We've now added another relocation. */ 4931 ++sreloc->reloc_count; 4932 4933 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker 4934 will be writing to it. */ 4935 elf_section_data (input_section->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_flags 4936 |= SHF_WRITE; 4937 4938 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */ 4939 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5) 4940 { 4941 asection *scpt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".compact_rel"); 4942 bfd_byte *cr; 4943 4944 if (scpt) 4945 { 4946 Elf32_crinfo cptrel; 4947 4948 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel, CRF_MIPS_LONG); 4949 cptrel.vaddr = (rel->r_offset 4950 + input_section->output_section->vma 4951 + input_section->output_offset); 4952 if (r_type == R_MIPS_REL32) 4953 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_REL32); 4954 else 4955 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_WORD); 4956 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel, 0); 4957 cptrel.konst = *addendp; 4958 4959 cr = (scpt->contents 4960 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel)); 4961 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel, 0); 4962 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd, &cptrel, 4963 ((Elf32_External_crinfo *) cr 4964 + scpt->reloc_count)); 4965 ++scpt->reloc_count; 4966 } 4967 } 4968 4969 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section, 4970 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the 4971 DT_TEXTREL tag. */ 4972 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section)) 4973 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; 4974 4975 return TRUE; 4976} 4977 4978/* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */ 4979 4980unsigned long 4981_bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags) 4982{ 4983 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) 4984 { 4985 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900: 4986 return bfd_mach_mips3900; 4987 4988 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010: 4989 return bfd_mach_mips4010; 4990 4991 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100: 4992 return bfd_mach_mips4100; 4993 4994 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111: 4995 return bfd_mach_mips4111; 4996 4997 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120: 4998 return bfd_mach_mips4120; 4999 5000 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650: 5001 return bfd_mach_mips4650; 5002 5003 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400: 5004 return bfd_mach_mips5400; 5005 5006 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500: 5007 return bfd_mach_mips5500; 5008 5009 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000: 5010 return bfd_mach_mips9000; 5011 5012 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1: 5013 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1; 5014 5015 default: 5016 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) 5017 { 5018 default: 5019 case E_MIPS_ARCH_1: 5020 return bfd_mach_mips3000; 5021 5022 case E_MIPS_ARCH_2: 5023 return bfd_mach_mips6000; 5024 5025 case E_MIPS_ARCH_3: 5026 return bfd_mach_mips4000; 5027 5028 case E_MIPS_ARCH_4: 5029 return bfd_mach_mips8000; 5030 5031 case E_MIPS_ARCH_5: 5032 return bfd_mach_mips5; 5033 5034 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32: 5035 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32; 5036 5037 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64: 5038 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64; 5039 5040 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2: 5041 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2; 5042 5043 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2: 5044 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2; 5045 } 5046 } 5047 5048 return 0; 5049} 5050 5051/* Return printable name for ABI. */ 5052 5053static INLINE char * 5054elf_mips_abi_name (bfd *abfd) 5055{ 5056 flagword flags; 5057 5058 flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags; 5059 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) 5060 { 5061 case 0: 5062 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd)) 5063 return "N32"; 5064 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd)) 5065 return "64"; 5066 else 5067 return "none"; 5068 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32: 5069 return "O32"; 5070 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64: 5071 return "O64"; 5072 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32: 5073 return "EABI32"; 5074 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64: 5075 return "EABI64"; 5076 default: 5077 return "unknown abi"; 5078 } 5079} 5080 5081/* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the 5082 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept 5083 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields 5084 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common 5085 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */ 5086static asection mips_elf_scom_section; 5087static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol; 5088static asymbol *mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr; 5089 5090/* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an 5091 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a 5092 definition in a shared library. */ 5093static asection mips_elf_acom_section; 5094static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol; 5095static asymbol *mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr; 5096 5097/* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. 5098 This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */ 5099 5100void 5101_bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd *abfd, asymbol *asym) 5102{ 5103 elf_symbol_type *elfsym; 5104 5105 elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) asym; 5106 switch (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx) 5107 { 5108 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON: 5109 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file. 5110 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can 5111 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared 5112 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes, 5113 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */ 5114 if (mips_elf_acom_section.name == NULL) 5115 { 5116 /* Initialize the acommon section. */ 5117 mips_elf_acom_section.name = ".acommon"; 5118 mips_elf_acom_section.flags = SEC_ALLOC; 5119 mips_elf_acom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_acom_section; 5120 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_acom_symbol; 5121 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr; 5122 mips_elf_acom_symbol.name = ".acommon"; 5123 mips_elf_acom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM; 5124 mips_elf_acom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_acom_section; 5125 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol; 5126 } 5127 asym->section = &mips_elf_acom_section; 5128 break; 5129 5130 case SHN_COMMON: 5131 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically 5132 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */ 5133 if (asym->value > elf_gp_size (abfd) 5134 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_TLS 5135 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6) 5136 break; 5137 /* Fall through. */ 5138 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON: 5139 if (mips_elf_scom_section.name == NULL) 5140 { 5141 /* Initialize the small common section. */ 5142 mips_elf_scom_section.name = ".scommon"; 5143 mips_elf_scom_section.flags = SEC_IS_COMMON; 5144 mips_elf_scom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_scom_section; 5145 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_scom_symbol; 5146 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr; 5147 mips_elf_scom_symbol.name = ".scommon"; 5148 mips_elf_scom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM; 5149 mips_elf_scom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_scom_section; 5150 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol; 5151 } 5152 asym->section = &mips_elf_scom_section; 5153 asym->value = elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_size; 5154 break; 5155 5156 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED: 5157 asym->section = bfd_und_section_ptr; 5158 break; 5159 5160 case SHN_MIPS_TEXT: 5161 { 5162 asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".text"); 5163 5164 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)); 5165 if (section != NULL) 5166 { 5167 asym->section = section; 5168 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset 5169 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section 5170 base address to make it an offset. */ 5171 asym->value -= section->vma; 5172 } 5173 } 5174 break; 5175 5176 case SHN_MIPS_DATA: 5177 { 5178 asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".data"); 5179 5180 BFD_ASSERT (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)); 5181 if (section != NULL) 5182 { 5183 asym->section = section; 5184 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset 5185 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section 5186 base address to make it an offset. */ 5187 asym->value -= section->vma; 5188 } 5189 } 5190 break; 5191 } 5192} 5193 5194/* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from 5195 the default in the way it handles EABI64. 5196 5197 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what 5198 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has 5199 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32, 5200 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time. 5201 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses. 5202 5203 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have 5204 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs 5205 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers 5206 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects. 5207 5208 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the 5209 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want 5210 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects. 5211 We therefore take the following approach: 5212 5213 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to 5214 determine the pointer size. 5215 5216 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that 5217 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64. 5218 5219 - Otherwise punt. 5220 5221 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0 5222 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers, 5223 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality 5224 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never 5225 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI. 5226 5227 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no 5228 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never 5229 did so. */ 5230 5231unsigned int 5232_bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd *abfd, asection *sec) 5233{ 5234 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64) 5235 return 8; 5236 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64) 5237 { 5238 bfd_boolean long32_p, long64_p; 5239 5240 long32_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0; 5241 long64_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0; 5242 if (long32_p && long64_p) 5243 return 0; 5244 if (long32_p) 5245 return 4; 5246 if (long64_p) 5247 return 8; 5248 5249 if (sec->reloc_count > 0 5250 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != NULL 5251 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs[0].r_info) 5252 == R_MIPS_64)) 5253 return 8; 5254 5255 return 0; 5256 } 5257 return 4; 5258} 5259 5260/* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP 5261 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the 5262 same address. For example, if we have code like: 5263 5264 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp) 5265 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp) 5266 jalr $25 5267 5268 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program 5269 will jump there rather than to .text. 5270 5271 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols. 5272 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */ 5273 5274bfd_boolean 5275_bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd *abfd) 5276{ 5277 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd); 5278} 5279 5280/* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is 5281 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize 5282 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be 5283 a better way. */ 5284 5285bfd_boolean 5286_bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr) 5287{ 5288 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO 5289 && hdr->sh_size > 0) 5290 { 5291 bfd_byte buf[4]; 5292 5293 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo)); 5294 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->contents == NULL); 5295 5296 if (bfd_seek (abfd, 5297 hdr->sh_offset + sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4, 5298 SEEK_SET) != 0) 5299 return FALSE; 5300 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf); 5301 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4) 5302 return FALSE; 5303 } 5304 5305 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS 5306 && hdr->bfd_section != NULL 5307 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section) != NULL 5308 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata != NULL) 5309 { 5310 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend; 5311 5312 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the 5313 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents 5314 so that we don't have to read them again. 5315 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look 5316 through the section contents to see if there is an 5317 ODK_REGINFO structure. */ 5318 5319 contents = mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata; 5320 l = contents; 5321 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size; 5322 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend) 5323 { 5324 Elf_Internal_Options intopt; 5325 5326 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l, 5327 &intopt); 5328 if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options)) 5329 { 5330 (*_bfd_error_handler) 5331 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"), 5332 abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size); 5333 break; 5334 } 5335 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO) 5336 { 5337 bfd_byte buf[8]; 5338 5339 if (bfd_seek (abfd, 5340 (hdr->sh_offset 5341 + (l - contents) 5342 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) 5343 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo) - 8)), 5344 SEEK_SET) != 0) 5345 return FALSE; 5346 H_PUT_64 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf); 5347 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 8, abfd) != 8) 5348 return FALSE; 5349 } 5350 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO) 5351 { 5352 bfd_byte buf[4]; 5353 5354 if (bfd_seek (abfd, 5355 (hdr->sh_offset 5356 + (l - contents) 5357 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) 5358 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4)), 5359 SEEK_SET) != 0) 5360 return FALSE; 5361 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf); 5362 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4) 5363 return FALSE; 5364 } 5365 l += intopt.size; 5366 } 5367 } 5368 5369 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL) 5370 { 5371 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section); 5372 5373 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0 5374 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0 5375 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0) 5376 { 5377 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL; 5378 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS; 5379 } 5380 else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0) 5381 { 5382 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL; 5383 hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS; 5384 } 5385 else if (strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0) 5386 { 5387 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_MIPS_GPREL; 5388 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS; 5389 } 5390 else if (strcmp (name, ".compact_rel") == 0) 5391 { 5392 hdr->sh_flags = 0; 5393 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS; 5394 } 5395 else if (strcmp (name, ".rtproc") == 0) 5396 { 5397 if (hdr->sh_addralign != 0 && hdr->sh_entsize == 0) 5398 { 5399 unsigned int adjust; 5400 5401 adjust = hdr->sh_size % hdr->sh_addralign; 5402 if (adjust != 0) 5403 hdr->sh_size += hdr->sh_addralign - adjust; 5404 } 5405 } 5406 } 5407 5408 return TRUE; 5409} 5410 5411/* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This 5412 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type. 5413 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI. 5414 5415 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure 5416 how to. */ 5417 5418bfd_boolean 5419_bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, 5420 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, 5421 const char *name, 5422 int shindex) 5423{ 5424 flagword flags = 0; 5425 5426 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but 5427 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the 5428 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives 5429 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will 5430 probably get away with this. */ 5431 switch (hdr->sh_type) 5432 { 5433 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST: 5434 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") != 0) 5435 return FALSE; 5436 break; 5437 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM: 5438 if (strcmp (name, ".msym") != 0) 5439 return FALSE; 5440 break; 5441 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT: 5442 if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") != 0) 5443 return FALSE; 5444 break; 5445 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB: 5446 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab.")) 5447 return FALSE; 5448 break; 5449 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE: 5450 if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") != 0) 5451 return FALSE; 5452 break; 5453 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG: 5454 if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") != 0) 5455 return FALSE; 5456 flags = SEC_DEBUGGING; 5457 break; 5458 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO: 5459 if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") != 0 5460 || hdr->sh_size != sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo)) 5461 return FALSE; 5462 flags = (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE); 5463 break; 5464 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE: 5465 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0) 5466 return FALSE; 5467 break; 5468 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT: 5469 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content")) 5470 return FALSE; 5471 break; 5472 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS: 5473 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name)) 5474 return FALSE; 5475 break; 5476 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF: 5477 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_")) 5478 return FALSE; 5479 break; 5480 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB: 5481 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0) 5482 return FALSE; 5483 break; 5484 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS: 5485 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events") 5486 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel")) 5487 return FALSE; 5488 break; 5489 default: 5490 break; 5491 } 5492 5493 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex)) 5494 return FALSE; 5495 5496 if (flags) 5497 { 5498 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, 5499 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd, 5500 hdr->bfd_section) 5501 | flags))) 5502 return FALSE; 5503 } 5504 5505 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */ 5506 5507 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information 5508 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while 5509 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section 5510 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */ 5511 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO) 5512 { 5513 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext; 5514 Elf32_RegInfo s; 5515 5516 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, 5517 &ext, 0, sizeof ext)) 5518 return FALSE; 5519 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, &ext, &s); 5520 elf_gp (abfd) = s.ri_gp_value; 5521 } 5522 5523 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and 5524 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both 5525 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case, 5526 they should agree. */ 5527 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS) 5528 { 5529 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend; 5530 5531 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size); 5532 if (contents == NULL) 5533 return FALSE; 5534 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, contents, 5535 0, hdr->sh_size)) 5536 { 5537 free (contents); 5538 return FALSE; 5539 } 5540 l = contents; 5541 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size; 5542 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend) 5543 { 5544 Elf_Internal_Options intopt; 5545 5546 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l, 5547 &intopt); 5548 if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options)) 5549 { 5550 (*_bfd_error_handler) 5551 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"), 5552 abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size); 5553 break; 5554 } 5555 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO) 5556 { 5557 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg; 5558 5559 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in 5560 (abfd, 5561 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo *) 5562 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))), 5563 &intreg); 5564 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value; 5565 } 5566 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO) 5567 { 5568 Elf32_RegInfo intreg; 5569 5570 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in 5571 (abfd, 5572 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo *) 5573 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))), 5574 &intreg); 5575 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value; 5576 } 5577 l += intopt.size; 5578 } 5579 free (contents); 5580 } 5581 5582 return TRUE; 5583} 5584 5585/* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the 5586 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is 5587 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */ 5588 5589bfd_boolean 5590_bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *sec) 5591{ 5592 register const char *name; 5593 unsigned int sh_type; 5594 5595 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec); 5596 sh_type = hdr->sh_type; 5597 5598 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") == 0) 5599 { 5600 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST; 5601 hdr->sh_info = sec->size / sizeof (Elf32_Lib); 5602 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */ 5603 } 5604 else if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") == 0) 5605 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT; 5606 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab.")) 5607 { 5608 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_GPTAB; 5609 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab); 5610 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */ 5611 } 5612 else if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") == 0) 5613 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_UCODE; 5614 else if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") == 0) 5615 { 5616 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DEBUG; 5617 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an 5618 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */ 5619 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0) 5620 hdr->sh_entsize = 0; 5621 else 5622 hdr->sh_entsize = 1; 5623 } 5624 else if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") == 0) 5625 { 5626 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_REGINFO; 5627 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an 5628 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */ 5629 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)) 5630 { 5631 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0) 5632 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo); 5633 else 5634 hdr->sh_entsize = 1; 5635 } 5636 else 5637 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo); 5638 } 5639 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) 5640 && (strcmp (name, ".hash") == 0 5641 || strcmp (name, ".dynamic") == 0 5642 || strcmp (name, ".dynstr") == 0)) 5643 { 5644 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)) 5645 hdr->sh_entsize = 0; 5646#if 0 5647 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */ 5648 hdr->sh_info = SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES; 5649#endif 5650 } 5651 else if (strcmp (name, ".got") == 0 5652 || strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0 5653 || strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0 5654 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0 5655 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0 5656 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0) 5657 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_GPREL; 5658 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0) 5659 { 5660 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_IFACE; 5661 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP; 5662 } 5663 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content")) 5664 { 5665 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONTENT; 5666 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP; 5667 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */ 5668 } 5669 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name)) 5670 { 5671 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS; 5672 hdr->sh_entsize = 1; 5673 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP; 5674 } 5675 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_")) 5676 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DWARF; 5677 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0) 5678 { 5679 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB; 5680 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in 5681 final_write_processing. */ 5682 } 5683 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events") 5684 || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel")) 5685 { 5686 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_EVENTS; 5687 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP; 5688 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */ 5689 } 5690 else if (strcmp (name, ".msym") == 0) 5691 { 5692 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_MSYM; 5693 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC; 5694 hdr->sh_entsize = 8; 5695 } 5696 5697 /* In the unlikely event a special section is empty it has to lose its 5698 special meaning. This may happen e.g. when using `strip' with the 5699 "--only-keep-debug" option. */ 5700 if (sec->size > 0 && !(sec->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) 5701 hdr->sh_type = sh_type; 5702 5703 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default 5704 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the 5705 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use 5706 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections. 5707 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */ 5708 5709 return TRUE; 5710} 5711 5712/* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section 5713 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. 5714 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these, 5715 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least 5716 the .scommon section. */ 5717 5718bfd_boolean 5719_bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 5720 asection *sec, int *retval) 5721{ 5722 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".scommon") == 0) 5723 { 5724 *retval = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON; 5725 return TRUE; 5726 } 5727 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".acommon") == 0) 5728 { 5729 *retval = SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON; 5730 return TRUE; 5731 } 5732 return FALSE; 5733} 5734 5735/* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object 5736 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */ 5737 5738bfd_boolean 5739_bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, 5740 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, const char **namep, 5741 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 5742 asection **secp, bfd_vma *valp) 5743{ 5744 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) 5745 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0 5746 && strcmp (*namep, "_rld_new_interface") == 0) 5747 { 5748 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */ 5749 *namep = NULL; 5750 return TRUE; 5751 } 5752 5753 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as 5754 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp 5755 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is 5756 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition 5757 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this 5758 is not done for them. */ 5759 if (!NEWABI_P(abfd) 5760 && (sym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS) 5761 && (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0)) 5762 { 5763 *namep = NULL; 5764 return TRUE; 5765 } 5766 5767 switch (sym->st_shndx) 5768 { 5769 case SHN_COMMON: 5770 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically 5771 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */ 5772 if (sym->st_size > elf_gp_size (abfd) 5773 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_TLS 5774 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6) 5775 break; 5776 /* Fall through. */ 5777 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON: 5778 *secp = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".scommon"); 5779 (*secp)->flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON; 5780 *valp = sym->st_size; 5781 break; 5782 5783 case SHN_MIPS_TEXT: 5784 /* This section is used in a shared object. */ 5785 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section == NULL) 5786 { 5787 asymbol *elf_text_symbol; 5788 asection *elf_text_section; 5789 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection); 5790 5791 elf_text_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 5792 if (elf_text_section == NULL) 5793 return FALSE; 5794 5795 amt = sizeof (asymbol); 5796 elf_text_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 5797 if (elf_text_symbol == NULL) 5798 return FALSE; 5799 5800 /* Initialize the section. */ 5801 5802 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section = elf_text_section; 5803 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol = elf_text_symbol; 5804 5805 elf_text_section->symbol = elf_text_symbol; 5806 elf_text_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol; 5807 5808 elf_text_section->name = ".text"; 5809 elf_text_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS; 5810 elf_text_section->output_section = NULL; 5811 elf_text_section->owner = abfd; 5812 elf_text_symbol->name = ".text"; 5813 elf_text_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC; 5814 elf_text_symbol->section = elf_text_section; 5815 } 5816 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if 5817 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense, 5818 so I took it out. */ 5819 *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section; 5820 break; 5821 5822 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON: 5823 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */ 5824 case SHN_MIPS_DATA: 5825 /* This section is used in a shared object. */ 5826 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section == NULL) 5827 { 5828 asymbol *elf_data_symbol; 5829 asection *elf_data_section; 5830 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection); 5831 5832 elf_data_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 5833 if (elf_data_section == NULL) 5834 return FALSE; 5835 5836 amt = sizeof (asymbol); 5837 elf_data_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 5838 if (elf_data_symbol == NULL) 5839 return FALSE; 5840 5841 /* Initialize the section. */ 5842 5843 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section = elf_data_section; 5844 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol = elf_data_symbol; 5845 5846 elf_data_section->symbol = elf_data_symbol; 5847 elf_data_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol; 5848 5849 elf_data_section->name = ".data"; 5850 elf_data_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS; 5851 elf_data_section->output_section = NULL; 5852 elf_data_section->owner = abfd; 5853 elf_data_symbol->name = ".data"; 5854 elf_data_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC; 5855 elf_data_symbol->section = elf_data_section; 5856 } 5857 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if 5858 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense, 5859 so I took it out. */ 5860 *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section; 5861 break; 5862 5863 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED: 5864 *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr; 5865 break; 5866 } 5867 5868 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) 5869 && ! info->shared 5870 && info->hash->creator == abfd->xvec 5871 && strcmp (*namep, "__rld_obj_head") == 0) 5872 { 5873 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 5874 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh; 5875 5876 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */ 5877 bh = NULL; 5878 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol 5879 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, *secp, *valp, NULL, FALSE, 5880 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh))) 5881 return FALSE; 5882 5883 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh; 5884 h->non_elf = 0; 5885 h->def_regular = 1; 5886 h->type = STT_OBJECT; 5887 5888 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) 5889 return FALSE; 5890 5891 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head = TRUE; 5892 } 5893 5894 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it 5895 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with 5896 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */ 5897 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16) 5898 ++*valp; 5899 5900 return TRUE; 5901} 5902 5903/* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global 5904 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is 5905 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */ 5906 5907bfd_boolean 5908_bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook 5909 (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 5910 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, 5911 asection *input_sec, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 5912{ 5913 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then 5914 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small 5915 common in the output file. */ 5916 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON 5917 && strcmp (input_sec->name, ".scommon") == 0) 5918 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON; 5919 5920 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16) 5921 sym->st_value &= ~1; 5922 5923 return TRUE; 5924} 5925 5926/* Functions for the dynamic linker. */ 5927 5928/* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */ 5929 5930bfd_boolean 5931_bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 5932{ 5933 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 5934 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh; 5935 flagword flags; 5936 register asection *s; 5937 const char * const *namep; 5938 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 5939 5940 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); 5941 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY 5942 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY); 5943 5944 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks 5945 EABI doesn't. */ 5946 if (!htab->is_vxworks) 5947 { 5948 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); 5949 if (s != NULL) 5950 { 5951 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags)) 5952 return FALSE; 5953 } 5954 } 5955 5956 /* We need to create .got section. */ 5957 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info, FALSE)) 5958 return FALSE; 5959 5960 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE)) 5961 return FALSE; 5962 5963 /* Create .stub section. */ 5964 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, 5965 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd)) == NULL) 5966 { 5967 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, 5968 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd), 5969 flags | SEC_CODE); 5970 if (s == NULL 5971 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 5972 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd))) 5973 return FALSE; 5974 } 5975 5976 if ((IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none) 5977 && !info->shared 5978 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map") == NULL) 5979 { 5980 s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".rld_map", 5981 flags &~ (flagword) SEC_READONLY); 5982 if (s == NULL 5983 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 5984 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd))) 5985 return FALSE; 5986 } 5987 5988 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the 5989 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation 5990 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that 5991 the linker takes such action. */ 5992 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5) 5993 { 5994 for (namep = mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names; *namep != NULL; namep++) 5995 { 5996 bh = NULL; 5997 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol 5998 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_und_section_ptr, 0, 5999 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh))) 6000 return FALSE; 6001 6002 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh; 6003 h->non_elf = 0; 6004 h->def_regular = 1; 6005 h->type = STT_SECTION; 6006 6007 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) 6008 return FALSE; 6009 } 6010 6011 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */ 6012 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)) 6013 { 6014 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd, info)) 6015 return FALSE; 6016 } 6017 6018 /* Change alignments of some sections. */ 6019 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".hash"); 6020 if (s != NULL) 6021 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)); 6022 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); 6023 if (s != NULL) 6024 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)); 6025 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr"); 6026 if (s != NULL) 6027 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)); 6028 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo"); 6029 if (s != NULL) 6030 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)); 6031 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"); 6032 if (s != NULL) 6033 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)); 6034 } 6035 6036 if (!info->shared) 6037 { 6038 const char *name; 6039 6040 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING"; 6041 bh = NULL; 6042 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol 6043 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr, 0, 6044 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh))) 6045 return FALSE; 6046 6047 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh; 6048 h->non_elf = 0; 6049 h->def_regular = 1; 6050 h->type = STT_SECTION; 6051 6052 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) 6053 return FALSE; 6054 6055 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head) 6056 { 6057 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section 6058 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to 6059 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in 6060 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */ 6061 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rld_map"); 6062 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); 6063 6064 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP"; 6065 bh = NULL; 6066 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol 6067 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, s, 0, NULL, FALSE, 6068 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh))) 6069 return FALSE; 6070 6071 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh; 6072 h->non_elf = 0; 6073 h->def_regular = 1; 6074 h->type = STT_OBJECT; 6075 6076 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h)) 6077 return FALSE; 6078 } 6079 } 6080 6081 if (htab->is_vxworks) 6082 { 6083 /* Create the .plt, .rela.plt, .dynbss and .rela.bss sections. 6084 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE symbol. */ 6085 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info)) 6086 return FALSE; 6087 6088 /* Cache the sections created above. */ 6089 htab->sdynbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynbss"); 6090 htab->srelbss = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.bss"); 6091 htab->srelplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rela.plt"); 6092 htab->splt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt"); 6093 if (!htab->sdynbss 6094 || (!htab->srelbss && !info->shared) 6095 || !htab->srelplt 6096 || !htab->splt) 6097 abort (); 6098 6099 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */ 6100 if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2)) 6101 return FALSE; 6102 6103 /* Work out the PLT sizes. */ 6104 if (info->shared) 6105 { 6106 htab->plt_header_size 6107 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry); 6108 htab->plt_entry_size 6109 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry); 6110 } 6111 else 6112 { 6113 htab->plt_header_size 6114 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry); 6115 htab->plt_entry_size 6116 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry); 6117 } 6118 } 6119 6120 return TRUE; 6121} 6122 6123/* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and 6124 allocate space in the global offset table. */ 6125 6126bfd_boolean 6127_bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, 6128 asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs) 6129{ 6130 const char *name; 6131 bfd *dynobj; 6132 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 6133 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; 6134 struct mips_got_info *g; 6135 size_t extsymoff; 6136 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; 6137 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end; 6138 asection *sgot; 6139 asection *sreloc; 6140 const struct elf_backend_data *bed; 6141 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 6142 6143 if (info->relocatable) 6144 return TRUE; 6145 6146 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); 6147 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; 6148 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; 6149 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd); 6150 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info; 6151 6152 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */ 6153 6154 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec); 6155 if (FN_STUB_P (name)) 6156 { 6157 unsigned long r_symndx; 6158 6159 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol 6160 this is for. */ 6161 6162 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocs->r_info); 6163 6164 if (r_symndx < extsymoff 6165 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL) 6166 { 6167 asection *o; 6168 6169 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be 6170 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other 6171 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */ 6172 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) 6173 { 6174 Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs; 6175 const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend; 6176 6177 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */ 6178 if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0 6179 || o->reloc_count == 0 6180 || mips16_stub_section_p (abfd, o)) 6181 continue; 6182 6183 sec_relocs 6184 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL, 6185 info->keep_memory); 6186 if (sec_relocs == NULL) 6187 return FALSE; 6188 6189 rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count; 6190 for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++) 6191 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx 6192 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info) != R_MIPS16_26) 6193 break; 6194 6195 if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs) 6196 free (sec_relocs); 6197 6198 if (r < rend) 6199 break; 6200 } 6201 6202 if (o == NULL) 6203 { 6204 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do 6205 not need it. Since this function is called before 6206 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we 6207 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE 6208 flag. */ 6209 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; 6210 return TRUE; 6211 } 6212 6213 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for 6214 this BFD. */ 6215 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs == NULL) 6216 { 6217 unsigned long symcount; 6218 asection **n; 6219 bfd_size_type amt; 6220 6221 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) 6222 symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr); 6223 else 6224 symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info; 6225 amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *); 6226 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 6227 if (n == NULL) 6228 return FALSE; 6229 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs = n; 6230 } 6231 6232 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP; 6233 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] = sec; 6234 6235 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case. 6236 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through 6237 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set 6238 it here, because we just have a local stub. */ 6239 } 6240 else 6241 { 6242 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h; 6243 6244 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) 6245 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]); 6246 6247 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 6248 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 6249 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link; 6250 6251 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */ 6252 6253 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we 6254 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since 6255 this function is called before the linker maps input sections 6256 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the 6257 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */ 6258 if (h->fn_stub != NULL) 6259 { 6260 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; 6261 return TRUE; 6262 } 6263 6264 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP; 6265 h->fn_stub = sec; 6266 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE; 6267 } 6268 } 6269 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name)) 6270 { 6271 unsigned long r_symndx; 6272 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h; 6273 asection **loc; 6274 6275 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol 6276 this is for. */ 6277 6278 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocs->r_info); 6279 6280 if (r_symndx < extsymoff 6281 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL) 6282 { 6283 asection *o; 6284 6285 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be 6286 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD 6287 that refers to this symbol. */ 6288 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) 6289 { 6290 Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs; 6291 const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend; 6292 6293 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */ 6294 if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0 6295 || o->reloc_count == 0 6296 || mips16_stub_section_p (abfd, o)) 6297 continue; 6298 6299 sec_relocs 6300 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL, 6301 info->keep_memory); 6302 if (sec_relocs == NULL) 6303 return FALSE; 6304 6305 rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count; 6306 for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++) 6307 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx 6308 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info) == R_MIPS16_26) 6309 break; 6310 6311 if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs) 6312 free (sec_relocs); 6313 6314 if (r < rend) 6315 break; 6316 } 6317 6318 if (o == NULL) 6319 { 6320 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do 6321 not need it. Since this function is called before 6322 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we 6323 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE 6324 flag. */ 6325 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; 6326 return TRUE; 6327 } 6328 6329 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for 6330 this BFD. */ 6331 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs == NULL) 6332 { 6333 unsigned long symcount; 6334 asection **n; 6335 bfd_size_type amt; 6336 6337 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) 6338 symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr); 6339 else 6340 symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info; 6341 amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *); 6342 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 6343 if (n == NULL) 6344 return FALSE; 6345 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs = n; 6346 } 6347 6348 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP; 6349 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] = sec; 6350 6351 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case. 6352 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through 6353 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set 6354 it here, because we just have a local stub. */ 6355 } 6356 else 6357 { 6358 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) 6359 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]); 6360 6361 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */ 6362 6363 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name)) 6364 loc = &h->call_fp_stub; 6365 else 6366 loc = &h->call_stub; 6367 6368 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we 6369 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since 6370 this function is called before the linker maps input sections 6371 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the 6372 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */ 6373 if (*loc != NULL) 6374 { 6375 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; 6376 return TRUE; 6377 } 6378 6379 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP; 6380 *loc = sec; 6381 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE; 6382 } 6383 } 6384 6385 if (dynobj == NULL) 6386 { 6387 sgot = NULL; 6388 g = NULL; 6389 } 6390 else 6391 { 6392 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE); 6393 if (sgot == NULL) 6394 g = NULL; 6395 else 6396 { 6397 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL); 6398 g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info; 6399 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL); 6400 } 6401 } 6402 6403 sreloc = NULL; 6404 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 6405 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel; 6406 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; ++rel) 6407 { 6408 unsigned long r_symndx; 6409 unsigned int r_type; 6410 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 6411 6412 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, rel->r_info); 6413 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info); 6414 6415 if (r_symndx < extsymoff) 6416 h = NULL; 6417 else if (r_symndx >= extsymoff + NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr)) 6418 { 6419 (*_bfd_error_handler) 6420 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"), 6421 abfd, name); 6422 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 6423 return FALSE; 6424 } 6425 else 6426 { 6427 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]; 6428 6429 /* This may be an indirect symbol created because of a version. */ 6430 if (h != NULL) 6431 { 6432 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect) 6433 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link; 6434 } 6435 } 6436 6437 /* Some relocs require a global offset table. */ 6438 if (dynobj == NULL || sgot == NULL) 6439 { 6440 switch (r_type) 6441 { 6442 case R_MIPS_GOT16: 6443 case R_MIPS_CALL16: 6444 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16: 6445 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16: 6446 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16: 6447 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16: 6448 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE: 6449 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST: 6450 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP: 6451 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL: 6452 case R_MIPS_TLS_GD: 6453 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM: 6454 if (dynobj == NULL) 6455 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd; 6456 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info, FALSE)) 6457 return FALSE; 6458 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot); 6459 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared) 6460 { 6461 (*_bfd_error_handler) 6462 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"), 6463 abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset); 6464 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 6465 return FALSE; 6466 } 6467 break; 6468 6469 case R_MIPS_32: 6470 case R_MIPS_REL32: 6471 case R_MIPS_64: 6472 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols 6473 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's 6474 no need to add a dynamic relocation here. */ 6475 if (dynobj == NULL 6476 && (info->shared || (h != NULL && !htab->is_vxworks)) 6477 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) 6478 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd; 6479 break; 6480 6481 default: 6482 break; 6483 } 6484 } 6485 6486 if (h) 6487 { 6488 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->is_relocation_target = TRUE; 6489 6490 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and 6491 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate 6492 room for them in .rela.dyn. */ 6493 if (is_gott_symbol (info, h)) 6494 { 6495 if (sreloc == NULL) 6496 { 6497 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE); 6498 if (sreloc == NULL) 6499 return FALSE; 6500 } 6501 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1); 6502 } 6503 } 6504 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16 6505 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 6506 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_DISP 6507 || (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16 && htab->is_vxworks)) 6508 { 6509 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We 6510 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the 6511 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of 6512 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS_GOT16 and 6513 R_MIPS_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations 6514 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or 6515 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an 6516 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */ 6517 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx, 6518 rel->r_addend, g, 0)) 6519 return FALSE; 6520 } 6521 6522 switch (r_type) 6523 { 6524 case R_MIPS_CALL16: 6525 if (h == NULL) 6526 { 6527 (*_bfd_error_handler) 6528 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"), 6529 abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset); 6530 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 6531 return FALSE; 6532 } 6533 /* Fall through. */ 6534 6535 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16: 6536 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16: 6537 if (h != NULL) 6538 { 6539 /* VxWorks call relocations point the function's .got.plt 6540 entry, which will be allocated by adjust_dynamic_symbol. 6541 Otherwise, this symbol requires a global GOT entry. */ 6542 if (!htab->is_vxworks 6543 && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g, 0)) 6544 return FALSE; 6545 6546 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined 6547 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See 6548 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */ 6549 h->needs_plt = 1; 6550 h->type = STT_FUNC; 6551 } 6552 break; 6553 6554 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE: 6555 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will 6556 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */ 6557 if (h == NULL) 6558 break; 6559 else 6560 { 6561 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips = 6562 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; 6563 6564 while (hmips->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 6565 || hmips->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 6566 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) 6567 hmips->root.root.u.i.link; 6568 6569 if (hmips->root.def_regular 6570 && ! (info->shared && ! info->symbolic 6571 && ! hmips->root.forced_local)) 6572 break; 6573 } 6574 /* Fall through. */ 6575 6576 case R_MIPS_GOT16: 6577 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16: 6578 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16: 6579 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP: 6580 if (h && ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g, 0)) 6581 return FALSE; 6582 break; 6583 6584 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL: 6585 if (info->shared) 6586 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS; 6587 /* Fall through */ 6588 6589 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM: 6590 if (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM) 6591 { 6592 r_symndx = 0; 6593 h = NULL; 6594 } 6595 /* Fall through */ 6596 6597 case R_MIPS_TLS_GD: 6598 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two 6599 for TLS GD relocations. */ 6600 { 6601 unsigned char flag = (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD 6602 ? GOT_TLS_GD 6603 : r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM 6604 ? GOT_TLS_LDM 6605 : GOT_TLS_IE); 6606 if (h != NULL) 6607 { 6608 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips = 6609 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; 6610 hmips->tls_type |= flag; 6611 6612 if (h && ! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g, flag)) 6613 return FALSE; 6614 } 6615 else 6616 { 6617 BFD_ASSERT (flag == GOT_TLS_LDM || r_symndx != 0); 6618 6619 if (! mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx, 6620 rel->r_addend, g, flag)) 6621 return FALSE; 6622 } 6623 } 6624 break; 6625 6626 case R_MIPS_32: 6627 case R_MIPS_REL32: 6628 case R_MIPS_64: 6629 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols 6630 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's 6631 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */ 6632 if ((info->shared || (h != NULL && !htab->is_vxworks)) 6633 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) 6634 { 6635 if (sreloc == NULL) 6636 { 6637 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE); 6638 if (sreloc == NULL) 6639 return FALSE; 6640 } 6641 if (info->shared) 6642 { 6643 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these 6644 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32 6645 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */ 6646 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1); 6647 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec)) 6648 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are 6649 relocations against the text segment. */ 6650 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; 6651 } 6652 else 6653 { 6654 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips; 6655 6656 /* We only need to copy this reloc if the symbol is 6657 defined in a dynamic object. */ 6658 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; 6659 ++hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs; 6660 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec)) 6661 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there 6662 are relocations against the text segment. */ 6663 hmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE; 6664 } 6665 6666 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for 6667 this symbol, a symbol must have a dynamic symbol 6668 table index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are 6669 dynamic relocations against it. This does not apply 6670 to VxWorks, which does not have the usual coupling 6671 between global GOT entries and .dynsym entries. */ 6672 if (h != NULL && !htab->is_vxworks) 6673 { 6674 if (dynobj == NULL) 6675 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd; 6676 if (! mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info, TRUE)) 6677 return FALSE; 6678 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &sgot); 6679 if (! mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, g, 0)) 6680 return FALSE; 6681 } 6682 } 6683 6684 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)) 6685 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size += 6686 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo); 6687 break; 6688 6689 case R_MIPS_PC16: 6690 if (h) 6691 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->is_branch_target = TRUE; 6692 break; 6693 6694 case R_MIPS_26: 6695 if (h) 6696 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->is_branch_target = TRUE; 6697 /* Fall through. */ 6698 6699 case R_MIPS_GPREL16: 6700 case R_MIPS_LITERAL: 6701 case R_MIPS_GPREL32: 6702 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)) 6703 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size += 6704 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo); 6705 break; 6706 6707 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy. 6708 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */ 6709 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT: 6710 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset)) 6711 return FALSE; 6712 break; 6713 6714 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually 6715 used. Record for later use during GC. */ 6716 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY: 6717 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset)) 6718 return FALSE; 6719 break; 6720 6721 default: 6722 break; 6723 } 6724 6725 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations 6726 related to taking the function's address. This doesn't apply to 6727 VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer to a .got.plt entry instead of 6728 a normal .got entry. */ 6729 if (!htab->is_vxworks && h != NULL) 6730 switch (r_type) 6731 { 6732 default: 6733 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->no_fn_stub = TRUE; 6734 break; 6735 case R_MIPS_CALL16: 6736 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16: 6737 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16: 6738 case R_MIPS_JALR: 6739 break; 6740 } 6741 6742 /* If this reloc is not a 16 bit call, and it has a global 6743 symbol, then we will need the fn_stub if there is one. 6744 References from a stub section do not count. */ 6745 if (h != NULL 6746 && r_type != R_MIPS16_26 6747 && !mips16_stub_section_p (abfd, sec)) 6748 { 6749 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh; 6750 6751 mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; 6752 mh->need_fn_stub = TRUE; 6753 } 6754 } 6755 6756 return TRUE; 6757} 6758 6759bfd_boolean 6760_bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, 6761 struct bfd_link_info *link_info, 6762 bfd_boolean *again) 6763{ 6764 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs; 6765 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend; 6766 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 6767 bfd_byte *contents = NULL; 6768 size_t extsymoff; 6769 bfd_boolean changed_contents = FALSE; 6770 bfd_vma sec_start = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset; 6771 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL; 6772 6773 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */ 6774 *again = FALSE; 6775 6776 if (link_info->relocatable) 6777 return TRUE; 6778 6779 internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, sec, NULL, NULL, 6780 link_info->keep_memory); 6781 if (internal_relocs == NULL) 6782 return TRUE; 6783 6784 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count 6785 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel; 6786 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; 6787 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info; 6788 6789 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++) 6790 { 6791 bfd_vma symval; 6792 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset; 6793 unsigned int r_type; 6794 unsigned long r_symndx; 6795 asection *sym_sec; 6796 unsigned long instruction; 6797 6798 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked 6799 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to. 6800 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */ 6801 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, irel->r_info); 6802 if (r_type != R_MIPS_JALR) 6803 continue; 6804 6805 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, irel->r_info); 6806 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */ 6807 if (r_symndx >= extsymoff) 6808 { 6809 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h 6810 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) 6811 elf_sym_hashes (abfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]); 6812 6813 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect 6814 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning) 6815 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link; 6816 6817 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden, 6818 skip it. */ 6819 if (! ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined 6820 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak) 6821 && h->root.root.u.def.section) 6822 || (link_info->shared && ! link_info->symbolic 6823 && !h->root.forced_local)) 6824 continue; 6825 6826 sym_sec = h->root.root.u.def.section; 6827 if (sym_sec->output_section) 6828 symval = (h->root.root.u.def.value 6829 + sym_sec->output_section->vma 6830 + sym_sec->output_offset); 6831 else 6832 symval = h->root.root.u.def.value; 6833 } 6834 else 6835 { 6836 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym; 6837 6838 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */ 6839 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0) 6840 { 6841 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents; 6842 if (isymbuf == NULL) 6843 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 6844 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0, 6845 NULL, NULL, NULL); 6846 if (isymbuf == NULL) 6847 goto relax_return; 6848 } 6849 6850 isym = isymbuf + r_symndx; 6851 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF) 6852 continue; 6853 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS) 6854 sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr; 6855 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON) 6856 sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr; 6857 else 6858 sym_sec 6859 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx); 6860 symval = isym->st_value 6861 + sym_sec->output_section->vma 6862 + sym_sec->output_offset; 6863 } 6864 6865 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the 6866 branch target. */ 6867 sym_offset = (symval + irel->r_addend) 6868 - (sec_start + irel->r_offset + 4); 6869 6870 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */ 6871 if ((sym_offset & 3) != 0) 6872 continue; 6873 6874 sym_offset >>= 2; 6875 6876 /* Check that it's in range. */ 6877 if (sym_offset < -0x8000 || sym_offset >= 0x8000) 6878 continue; 6879 6880 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */ 6881 if (contents == NULL) 6882 { 6883 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */ 6884 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL) 6885 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents; 6886 else 6887 { 6888 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents)) 6889 goto relax_return; 6890 } 6891 } 6892 6893 instruction = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset); 6894 6895 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */ 6896 if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809) 6897 instruction = 0x04110000; 6898 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */ 6899 else if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008) 6900 instruction = 0x10000000; 6901 else 6902 continue; 6903 6904 instruction |= (sym_offset & 0xffff); 6905 bfd_put_32 (abfd, instruction, contents + irel->r_offset); 6906 changed_contents = TRUE; 6907 } 6908 6909 if (contents != NULL 6910 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) 6911 { 6912 if (!changed_contents && !link_info->keep_memory) 6913 free (contents); 6914 else 6915 { 6916 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */ 6917 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents; 6918 } 6919 } 6920 return TRUE; 6921 6922 relax_return: 6923 if (contents != NULL 6924 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents) 6925 free (contents); 6926 return FALSE; 6927} 6928 6929/* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a 6930 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the 6931 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to 6932 change the definition to something the rest of the link can 6933 understand. */ 6934 6935bfd_boolean 6936_bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, 6937 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 6938{ 6939 bfd *dynobj; 6940 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips; 6941 asection *s; 6942 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 6943 6944 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); 6945 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; 6946 6947 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */ 6948 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL 6949 && (h->needs_plt 6950 || h->u.weakdef != NULL 6951 || (h->def_dynamic 6952 && h->ref_regular 6953 && !h->def_regular))); 6954 6955 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, we need to copy 6956 any R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output 6957 file. */ 6958 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; 6959 if (! info->relocatable 6960 && hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs != 0 6961 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak 6962 || !h->def_regular)) 6963 { 6964 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations 6965 (dynobj, info, hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs); 6966 if (hmips->readonly_reloc) 6967 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations 6968 against the text segment. */ 6969 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; 6970 } 6971 6972 /* For a function, create a stub, if allowed. */ 6973 if (! hmips->no_fn_stub 6974 && h->needs_plt) 6975 { 6976 if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) 6977 return TRUE; 6978 6979 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set 6980 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make 6981 function pointers compare as equal between the normal 6982 executable and the shared library. */ 6983 if (!h->def_regular) 6984 { 6985 /* We need .stub section. */ 6986 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, 6987 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)); 6988 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); 6989 6990 h->root.u.def.section = s; 6991 h->root.u.def.value = s->size; 6992 6993 /* XXX Write this stub address somewhere. */ 6994 h->plt.offset = s->size; 6995 6996 /* Make room for this stub code. */ 6997 s->size += htab->function_stub_size; 6998 6999 /* The last half word of the stub will be filled with the index 7000 of this symbol in .dynsym section. */ 7001 return TRUE; 7002 } 7003 } 7004 else if ((h->type == STT_FUNC) 7005 && !h->needs_plt) 7006 { 7007 /* This will set the entry for this symbol in the GOT to 0, and 7008 the dynamic linker will take care of this. */ 7009 h->root.u.def.value = 0; 7010 return TRUE; 7011 } 7012 7013 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the 7014 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the 7015 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */ 7016 if (h->u.weakdef != NULL) 7017 { 7018 BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined 7019 || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak); 7020 h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section; 7021 h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value; 7022 return TRUE; 7023 } 7024 7025 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which 7026 is not a function. */ 7027 7028 return TRUE; 7029} 7030 7031/* Likewise, for VxWorks. */ 7032 7033bfd_boolean 7034_bfd_mips_vxworks_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, 7035 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 7036{ 7037 bfd *dynobj; 7038 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips; 7039 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 7040 unsigned int power_of_two; 7041 7042 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); 7043 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; 7044 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h; 7045 7046 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */ 7047 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL 7048 && (h->needs_plt 7049 || h->needs_copy 7050 || h->u.weakdef != NULL 7051 || (h->def_dynamic 7052 && h->ref_regular 7053 && !h->def_regular))); 7054 7055 /* If the symbol is defined by a dynamic object, we need a PLT stub if 7056 either (a) we want to branch to the symbol or (b) we're linking an 7057 executable that needs a canonical function address. In the latter 7058 case, the canonical address will be the address of the executable's 7059 load stub. */ 7060 if ((hmips->is_branch_target 7061 || (!info->shared 7062 && h->type == STT_FUNC 7063 && hmips->is_relocation_target)) 7064 && h->def_dynamic 7065 && h->ref_regular 7066 && !h->def_regular 7067 && !h->forced_local) 7068 h->needs_plt = 1; 7069 7070 /* Locally-binding symbols do not need a PLT stub; we can refer to 7071 the functions directly. */ 7072 else if (h->needs_plt 7073 && (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h) 7074 || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT 7075 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))) 7076 { 7077 h->needs_plt = 0; 7078 return TRUE; 7079 } 7080 7081 if (h->needs_plt) 7082 { 7083 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, allocate room 7084 for the header, and for the header's .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */ 7085 if (htab->splt->size == 0) 7086 { 7087 htab->splt->size += htab->plt_header_size; 7088 if (!info->shared) 7089 htab->srelplt2->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 7090 } 7091 7092 /* Assign the next .plt entry to this symbol. */ 7093 h->plt.offset = htab->splt->size; 7094 htab->splt->size += htab->plt_entry_size; 7095 7096 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the 7097 symbol's value to the address of the stub. For executables, 7098 point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy resolution stub; 7099 this stub will become the canonical function address. */ 7100 if (!h->def_regular) 7101 { 7102 h->root.u.def.section = htab->splt; 7103 h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset; 7104 if (!info->shared) 7105 h->root.u.def.value += 8; 7106 } 7107 7108 /* Make room for the .got.plt entry and the R_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */ 7109 htab->sgotplt->size += 4; 7110 htab->srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 7111 7112 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */ 7113 if (!info->shared) 7114 htab->srelplt2->size += 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 7115 7116 return TRUE; 7117 } 7118 7119 /* If a function symbol is defined by a dynamic object, and we do not 7120 need a PLT stub for it, the symbol's value should be zero. */ 7121 if (h->type == STT_FUNC 7122 && h->def_dynamic 7123 && h->ref_regular 7124 && !h->def_regular) 7125 { 7126 h->root.u.def.value = 0; 7127 return TRUE; 7128 } 7129 7130 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the 7131 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the 7132 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */ 7133 if (h->u.weakdef != NULL) 7134 { 7135 BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined 7136 || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak); 7137 h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section; 7138 h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value; 7139 return TRUE; 7140 } 7141 7142 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which 7143 is not a function. */ 7144 if (info->shared) 7145 return TRUE; 7146 7147 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will 7148 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be 7149 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic 7150 object will contain position independent code, so all references 7151 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global 7152 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to 7153 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so 7154 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the 7155 same memory location for the variable. */ 7156 7157 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) 7158 { 7159 htab->srelbss->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 7160 h->needs_copy = 1; 7161 } 7162 7163 /* We need to figure out the alignment required for this symbol. */ 7164 power_of_two = bfd_log2 (h->size); 7165 if (power_of_two > 4) 7166 power_of_two = 4; 7167 7168 /* Apply the required alignment. */ 7169 htab->sdynbss->size = BFD_ALIGN (htab->sdynbss->size, 7170 (bfd_size_type) 1 << power_of_two); 7171 if (power_of_two > bfd_get_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sdynbss) 7172 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sdynbss, power_of_two)) 7173 return FALSE; 7174 7175 /* Define the symbol as being at this point in the section. */ 7176 h->root.u.def.section = htab->sdynbss; 7177 h->root.u.def.value = htab->sdynbss->size; 7178 7179 /* Increment the section size to make room for the symbol. */ 7180 htab->sdynbss->size += h->size; 7181 7182 return TRUE; 7183} 7184 7185/* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD. 7186 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how 7187 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at 7188 the current linking stage. */ 7189 7190static bfd_size_type 7191count_section_dynsyms (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 7192{ 7193 bfd_size_type count; 7194 7195 count = 0; 7196 if (info->shared || elf_hash_table (info)->is_relocatable_executable) 7197 { 7198 asection *p; 7199 const struct elf_backend_data *bed; 7200 7201 bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd); 7202 for (p = output_bfd->sections; p ; p = p->next) 7203 if ((p->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0 7204 && (p->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0 7205 && !(*bed->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym) (output_bfd, info, p)) 7206 ++count; 7207 } 7208 return count; 7209} 7210 7211/* This function is called after all the input files have been read, 7212 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We 7213 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */ 7214 7215bfd_boolean 7216_bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, 7217 struct bfd_link_info *info) 7218{ 7219 asection *ri; 7220 7221 bfd *dynobj; 7222 asection *s; 7223 struct mips_got_info *g; 7224 int i; 7225 bfd_size_type loadable_size = 0; 7226 bfd_size_type local_gotno; 7227 bfd_size_type dynsymcount; 7228 bfd *sub; 7229 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg count_tls_arg; 7230 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 7231 7232 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); 7233 7234 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */ 7235 ri = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".reginfo"); 7236 if (ri != NULL) 7237 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, ri, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo)); 7238 7239 if (! (info->relocatable 7240 || ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen)) 7241 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info), 7242 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs, NULL); 7243 7244 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; 7245 if (dynobj == NULL) 7246 /* Relocatable links don't have it. */ 7247 return TRUE; 7248 7249 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, &s); 7250 if (s == NULL) 7251 return TRUE; 7252 7253 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That 7254 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries 7255 required. */ 7256 for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub; sub = sub->link_next) 7257 { 7258 asection *subsection; 7259 7260 for (subsection = sub->sections; 7261 subsection; 7262 subsection = subsection->next) 7263 { 7264 if ((subsection->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0) 7265 continue; 7266 loadable_size += ((subsection->size + 0xf) 7267 &~ (bfd_size_type) 0xf); 7268 } 7269 } 7270 7271 /* There has to be a global GOT entry for every symbol with 7272 a dynamic symbol table index of DT_MIPS_GOTSYM or 7273 higher. Therefore, it make sense to put those symbols 7274 that need GOT entries at the end of the symbol table. We 7275 do that here. */ 7276 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, 1)) 7277 return FALSE; 7278 7279 if (g->global_gotsym != NULL) 7280 i = elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - g->global_gotsym->dynindx; 7281 else 7282 /* If there are no global symbols, or none requiring 7283 relocations, then GLOBAL_GOTSYM will be NULL. */ 7284 i = 0; 7285 7286 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed. 7287 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols 7288 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will 7289 be needed. */ 7290 dynsymcount = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount 7291 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd, info)); 7292 7293 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. */ 7294 htab->function_stub_size = (dynsymcount > 0x10000 7295 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 7296 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE); 7297 7298 /* In the worst case, we'll get one stub per dynamic symbol, plus 7299 one to account for the dummy entry at the end required by IRIX 7300 rld. */ 7301 loadable_size += htab->function_stub_size * (i + 1); 7302 7303 if (htab->is_vxworks) 7304 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS_GOT16 7305 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does 7306 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */ 7307 local_gotno = 0; 7308 else 7309 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous 7310 sections. Is 5 enough? */ 7311 local_gotno = (loadable_size >> 16) + 5; 7312 7313 g->local_gotno += local_gotno; 7314 s->size += g->local_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd); 7315 7316 g->global_gotno = i; 7317 s->size += i * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd); 7318 7319 /* We need to calculate tls_gotno for global symbols at this point 7320 instead of building it up earlier, to avoid doublecounting 7321 entries for one global symbol from multiple input files. */ 7322 count_tls_arg.info = info; 7323 count_tls_arg.needed = 0; 7324 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), 7325 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries, 7326 &count_tls_arg); 7327 g->tls_gotno += count_tls_arg.needed; 7328 s->size += g->tls_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd); 7329 7330 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g); 7331 7332 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to 7333 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the 7334 dynamic loader. */ 7335 if (!htab->is_vxworks && s->size > MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info)) 7336 { 7337 if (! mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd, info, g, s, local_gotno)) 7338 return FALSE; 7339 } 7340 else 7341 { 7342 /* Set up TLS entries for the first GOT. */ 7343 g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno; 7344 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, g); 7345 } 7346 7347 return TRUE; 7348} 7349 7350/* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */ 7351 7352bfd_boolean 7353_bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, 7354 struct bfd_link_info *info) 7355{ 7356 bfd *dynobj; 7357 asection *s, *sreldyn; 7358 bfd_boolean reltext; 7359 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 7360 7361 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); 7362 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; 7363 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL); 7364 7365 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) 7366 { 7367 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */ 7368 if (info->executable) 7369 { 7370 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp"); 7371 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); 7372 s->size 7373 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd)) + 1; 7374 s->contents 7375 = (bfd_byte *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd); 7376 } 7377 } 7378 7379 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have 7380 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate 7381 memory for them. */ 7382 reltext = FALSE; 7383 sreldyn = NULL; 7384 for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 7385 { 7386 const char *name; 7387 7388 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none 7389 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */ 7390 name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s); 7391 7392 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0) 7393 continue; 7394 7395 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rel")) 7396 { 7397 if (s->size != 0) 7398 { 7399 const char *outname; 7400 asection *target; 7401 7402 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only 7403 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry. 7404 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always 7405 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether 7406 there exists a relocation to a read only section or 7407 not. */ 7408 outname = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd, 7409 s->output_section); 7410 target = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, outname + 4); 7411 if ((target != NULL 7412 && (target->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0 7413 && (target->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) 7414 || strcmp (outname, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) == 0) 7415 reltext = TRUE; 7416 7417 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need 7418 to copy relocs into the output file. */ 7419 if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) != 0) 7420 s->reloc_count = 0; 7421 7422 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will 7423 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do, 7424 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it 7425 will move them around between input sections' 7426 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be 7427 broken, so don't let it run. */ 7428 info->combreloc = 0; 7429 } 7430 } 7431 else if (htab->is_vxworks && strcmp (name, ".got") == 0) 7432 { 7433 /* Executables do not need a GOT. */ 7434 if (info->shared) 7435 { 7436 /* Allocate relocations for all but the reserved entries. */ 7437 struct mips_got_info *g; 7438 unsigned int count; 7439 7440 g = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL); 7441 count = (g->global_gotno 7442 + g->local_gotno 7443 - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info)); 7444 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, count); 7445 } 7446 } 7447 else if (!htab->is_vxworks && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".got")) 7448 { 7449 /* _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections() has already done 7450 most of the work, but some symbols may have been mapped 7451 to versions that we must now resolve in the got_entries 7452 hash tables. */ 7453 struct mips_got_info *gg = mips_elf_got_info (dynobj, NULL); 7454 struct mips_got_info *g = gg; 7455 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg; 7456 unsigned int needed_relocs = 0; 7457 7458 if (gg->next) 7459 { 7460 set_got_offset_arg.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd); 7461 set_got_offset_arg.info = info; 7462 7463 /* NOTE 2005-02-03: How can this call, or the next, ever 7464 find any indirect entries to resolve? They were all 7465 resolved in mips_elf_multi_got. */ 7466 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (gg); 7467 for (g = gg->next; g && g->next != gg; g = g->next) 7468 { 7469 unsigned int save_assign; 7470 7471 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g); 7472 7473 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */ 7474 save_assign = g->assigned_gotno; 7475 g->assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno; 7476 set_got_offset_arg.g = g; 7477 set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs = 0; 7478 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, 7479 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset, 7480 &set_got_offset_arg); 7481 needed_relocs += set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs; 7482 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno - g->local_gotno 7483 <= g->global_gotno); 7484 7485 g->assigned_gotno = save_assign; 7486 if (info->shared) 7487 { 7488 needed_relocs += g->local_gotno - g->assigned_gotno; 7489 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == g->next->local_gotno 7490 + g->next->global_gotno 7491 + g->next->tls_gotno 7492 + MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info)); 7493 } 7494 } 7495 } 7496 else 7497 { 7498 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg arg; 7499 arg.info = info; 7500 arg.needed = 0; 7501 7502 htab_traverse (gg->got_entries, mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs, 7503 &arg); 7504 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info), 7505 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs, 7506 &arg); 7507 7508 needed_relocs += arg.needed; 7509 } 7510 7511 if (needed_relocs) 7512 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 7513 needed_relocs); 7514 } 7515 else if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)) == 0) 7516 { 7517 /* IRIX rld assumes that the function stub isn't at the end 7518 of .text section. So put a dummy. XXX */ 7519 s->size += htab->function_stub_size; 7520 } 7521 else if (! info->shared 7522 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head 7523 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rld_map")) 7524 { 7525 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the 7526 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */ 7527 s->size += 4; 7528 } 7529 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd) 7530 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".compact_rel")) 7531 s->size += mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size; 7532 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".init") 7533 && s != htab->sgotplt 7534 && s != htab->splt) 7535 { 7536 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */ 7537 continue; 7538 } 7539 7540 if (s->size == 0) 7541 { 7542 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE; 7543 continue; 7544 } 7545 7546 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0) 7547 continue; 7548 7549 /* Allocate memory for this section last, since we may increase its 7550 size above. */ 7551 if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) == 0) 7552 { 7553 sreldyn = s; 7554 continue; 7555 } 7556 7557 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */ 7558 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size); 7559 if (s->contents == NULL) 7560 { 7561 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); 7562 return FALSE; 7563 } 7564 } 7565 7566 /* Allocate memory for the .rel(a).dyn section. */ 7567 if (sreldyn != NULL) 7568 { 7569 sreldyn->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, sreldyn->size); 7570 if (sreldyn->contents == NULL) 7571 { 7572 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory); 7573 return FALSE; 7574 } 7575 } 7576 7577 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) 7578 { 7579 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the 7580 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we 7581 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for 7582 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the 7583 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */ 7584 if (info->executable) 7585 { 7586 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the 7587 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. */ 7588 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP, 0)) 7589 return FALSE; 7590 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)) 7591 { 7592 if (!MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0)) 7593 return FALSE; 7594 } 7595 } 7596 7597 if (reltext && (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd) || htab->is_vxworks)) 7598 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL; 7599 7600 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0) 7601 { 7602 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_TEXTREL, 0)) 7603 return FALSE; 7604 7605 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we 7606 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because 7607 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame 7608 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */ 7609 info->flags &= ~DF_TEXTREL; 7610 } 7611 7612 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTGOT, 0)) 7613 return FALSE; 7614 7615 if (htab->is_vxworks) 7616 { 7617 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not 7618 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */ 7619 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE)) 7620 { 7621 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELA, 0)) 7622 return FALSE; 7623 7624 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELASZ, 0)) 7625 return FALSE; 7626 7627 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELAENT, 0)) 7628 return FALSE; 7629 } 7630 if (htab->splt->size > 0) 7631 { 7632 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTREL, 0)) 7633 return FALSE; 7634 7635 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_JMPREL, 0)) 7636 return FALSE; 7637 7638 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)) 7639 return FALSE; 7640 } 7641 } 7642 else 7643 { 7644 if (mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE)) 7645 { 7646 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_REL, 0)) 7647 return FALSE; 7648 7649 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELSZ, 0)) 7650 return FALSE; 7651 7652 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELENT, 0)) 7653 return FALSE; 7654 } 7655 7656 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION, 0)) 7657 return FALSE; 7658 7659 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_FLAGS, 0)) 7660 return FALSE; 7661 7662 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS, 0)) 7663 return FALSE; 7664 7665 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO, 0)) 7666 return FALSE; 7667 7668 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, 0)) 7669 return FALSE; 7670 7671 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO, 0)) 7672 return FALSE; 7673 7674 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM, 0)) 7675 return FALSE; 7676 7677 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix5 7678 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO, 0)) 7679 return FALSE; 7680 7681 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix6 7682 && (bfd_get_section_by_name 7683 (dynobj, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj))) 7684 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS, 0)) 7685 return FALSE; 7686 } 7687 } 7688 7689 return TRUE; 7690} 7691 7692/* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD. 7693 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file. 7694 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols 7695 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */ 7696 7697static void 7698mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, 7699 bfd *input_bfd, Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms, 7700 asection **local_sections, Elf_Internal_Rela *rel) 7701{ 7702 unsigned int r_type, r_symndx; 7703 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym; 7704 asection *sec; 7705 7706 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections, FALSE)) 7707 { 7708 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info); 7709 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_GPREL 7710 || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL16 7711 || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL32 7712 || r_type == R_MIPS_LITERAL) 7713 { 7714 rel->r_addend += _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd); 7715 rel->r_addend -= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd); 7716 } 7717 7718 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd, rel->r_info); 7719 sym = local_syms + r_symndx; 7720 7721 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */ 7722 if (!info->relocatable) 7723 { 7724 sec = local_sections[r_symndx]; 7725 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel); 7726 } 7727 7728 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */ 7729 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION) 7730 rel->r_addend += local_sections[r_symndx]->output_offset; 7731 } 7732} 7733 7734/* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */ 7735 7736bfd_boolean 7737_bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, 7738 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section, 7739 bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs, 7740 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms, 7741 asection **local_sections) 7742{ 7743 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel; 7744 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend; 7745 bfd_vma addend = 0; 7746 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p = FALSE; 7747 const struct elf_backend_data *bed; 7748 7749 bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd); 7750 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel; 7751 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; ++rel) 7752 { 7753 const char *name; 7754 bfd_vma value = 0; 7755 reloc_howto_type *howto; 7756 bfd_boolean require_jalx; 7757 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a 7758 REL relocation. */ 7759 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p = TRUE; 7760 unsigned int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info); 7761 const char *msg; 7762 7763 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */ 7764 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd)) 7765 { 7766 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use 7767 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the 7768 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address 7769 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is 7770 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the 7771 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */ 7772 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, R_MIPS_32, FALSE); 7773 7774 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position 7775 of the reloc. */ 7776 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd)) 7777 rel->r_offset += 4; 7778 } 7779 else 7780 /* NewABI defaults to RELA relocations. */ 7781 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type, 7782 NEWABI_P (input_bfd) 7783 && (MIPS_RELOC_RELA_P 7784 (input_bfd, input_section, 7785 rel - relocs))); 7786 7787 if (!use_saved_addend_p) 7788 { 7789 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr; 7790 7791 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety, 7792 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be 7793 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the 7794 RELA relocation. To determine which flavor or relocation 7795 this is, we depend on the fact that the INPUT_SECTION's 7796 REL_HDR is read before its REL_HDR2. */ 7797 rel_hdr = &elf_section_data (input_section)->rel_hdr; 7798 if ((size_t) (rel - relocs) 7799 >= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr) * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel)) 7800 rel_hdr = elf_section_data (input_section)->rel_hdr2; 7801 if (rel_hdr->sh_entsize == MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (input_bfd)) 7802 { 7803 bfd_byte *location = contents + rel->r_offset; 7804 7805 /* Note that this is a REL relocation. */ 7806 rela_relocation_p = FALSE; 7807 7808 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */ 7809 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd, r_type, FALSE, 7810 location); 7811 addend = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, rel, input_bfd, 7812 contents); 7813 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle(input_bfd, r_type, FALSE, 7814 location); 7815 7816 addend &= howto->src_mask; 7817 7818 /* For some kinds of relocations, the ADDEND is a 7819 combination of the addend stored in two different 7820 relocations. */ 7821 if (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16 || r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16 7822 || (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16 7823 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, 7824 local_sections, FALSE))) 7825 { 7826 bfd_vma l; 7827 const Elf_Internal_Rela *lo16_relocation; 7828 reloc_howto_type *lo16_howto; 7829 bfd_byte *lo16_location; 7830 int lo16_type; 7831 7832 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16) 7833 lo16_type = R_MIPS16_LO16; 7834 else 7835 lo16_type = R_MIPS_LO16; 7836 7837 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, 7838 left-shifted by sixteen bits, and the LO16 7839 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the code does 7840 a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of 7841 the LO16 value.) 7842 7843 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation. 7844 7845 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 7846 relocation must be immediately following. 7847 However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next relocation 7848 may be a composed relocation consisting of 7849 several relocations for the same address. In 7850 that case, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation may occur 7851 as one of these. We permit a similar extension 7852 in general, as that is useful for GCC. */ 7853 lo16_relocation = mips_elf_next_relocation (input_bfd, 7854 lo16_type, 7855 rel, relend); 7856 if (lo16_relocation == NULL) 7857 return FALSE; 7858 7859 lo16_location = contents + lo16_relocation->r_offset; 7860 7861 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */ 7862 lo16_howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, 7863 lo16_type, FALSE); 7864 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd, lo16_type, FALSE, 7865 lo16_location); 7866 l = mips_elf_obtain_contents (lo16_howto, lo16_relocation, 7867 input_bfd, contents); 7868 _bfd_mips16_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd, lo16_type, FALSE, 7869 lo16_location); 7870 l &= lo16_howto->src_mask; 7871 l <<= lo16_howto->rightshift; 7872 l = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l, 16); 7873 7874 addend <<= 16; 7875 7876 /* Compute the combined addend. */ 7877 addend += l; 7878 } 7879 else 7880 addend <<= howto->rightshift; 7881 } 7882 else 7883 addend = rel->r_addend; 7884 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd, info, input_bfd, 7885 local_syms, local_sections, rel); 7886 } 7887 7888 if (info->relocatable) 7889 { 7890 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd) 7891 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd)) 7892 rel->r_offset -= 4; 7893 7894 if (!rela_relocation_p && rel->r_addend) 7895 { 7896 addend += rel->r_addend; 7897 if (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16 7898 || r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16) 7899 addend = mips_elf_high (addend); 7900 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHER) 7901 addend = mips_elf_higher (addend); 7902 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHEST) 7903 addend = mips_elf_highest (addend); 7904 else 7905 addend >>= howto->rightshift; 7906 7907 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination 7908 mask because the place to which we are writing will be 7909 source of the addend in the final link. */ 7910 addend &= howto->src_mask; 7911 7912 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd)) 7913 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit 7914 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be 7915 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc 7916 but for endianness. */ 7917 { 7918 bfd_vma sign_bits; 7919 bfd_vma low_bits; 7920 bfd_vma high_bits; 7921 7922 if (addend & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31)) 7923#ifdef BFD64 7924 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1; 7925#else 7926 sign_bits = -1; 7927#endif 7928 else 7929 sign_bits = 0; 7930 7931 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type, 7932 do two separate stores. */ 7933 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd)) 7934 { 7935 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant) 7936 first. */ 7937 low_bits = sign_bits; 7938 high_bits = addend; 7939 } 7940 else 7941 { 7942 low_bits = addend; 7943 high_bits = sign_bits; 7944 } 7945 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits, 7946 contents + rel->r_offset); 7947 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits, 7948 contents + rel->r_offset + 4); 7949 continue; 7950 } 7951 7952 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, addend, 7953 input_bfd, input_section, 7954 contents, FALSE)) 7955 return FALSE; 7956 } 7957 7958 /* Go on to the next relocation. */ 7959 continue; 7960 } 7961 7962 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive 7963 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are 7964 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend 7965 for the next. */ 7966 if (rel + 1 < relend 7967 && rel->r_offset == rel[1].r_offset 7968 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, rel[1].r_info) != R_MIPS_NONE) 7969 use_saved_addend_p = TRUE; 7970 else 7971 use_saved_addend_p = FALSE; 7972 7973 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */ 7974 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd, input_bfd, 7975 input_section, info, rel, 7976 addend, howto, local_syms, 7977 local_sections, &value, 7978 &name, &require_jalx, 7979 use_saved_addend_p)) 7980 { 7981 case bfd_reloc_continue: 7982 /* There's nothing to do. */ 7983 continue; 7984 7985 case bfd_reloc_undefined: 7986 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the 7987 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in 7988 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we 7989 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */ 7990 continue; 7991 7992 case bfd_reloc_notsupported: 7993 msg = _("internal error: unsupported relocation error"); 7994 info->callbacks->warning 7995 (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset); 7996 return FALSE; 7997 7998 case bfd_reloc_overflow: 7999 if (use_saved_addend_p) 8000 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for 8001 a given location. */ 8002 ; 8003 else 8004 { 8005 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL); 8006 if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow) 8007 (info, NULL, name, howto->name, (bfd_vma) 0, 8008 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset))) 8009 return FALSE; 8010 } 8011 break; 8012 8013 case bfd_reloc_ok: 8014 break; 8015 8016 default: 8017 abort (); 8018 break; 8019 } 8020 8021 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going 8022 until we reach the last one. */ 8023 if (use_saved_addend_p) 8024 { 8025 addend = value; 8026 continue; 8027 } 8028 8029 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd)) 8030 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit 8031 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32; 8032 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we 8033 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a 8034 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we 8035 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with 8036 only a 32-bit VMA. */ 8037 { 8038 bfd_vma sign_bits; 8039 bfd_vma low_bits; 8040 bfd_vma high_bits; 8041 8042 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31)) 8043#ifdef BFD64 8044 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1; 8045#else 8046 sign_bits = -1; 8047#endif 8048 else 8049 sign_bits = 0; 8050 8051 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type, 8052 do two separate stores. */ 8053 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd)) 8054 { 8055 /* Undo what we did above. */ 8056 rel->r_offset -= 4; 8057 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant) 8058 first. */ 8059 low_bits = sign_bits; 8060 high_bits = value; 8061 } 8062 else 8063 { 8064 low_bits = value; 8065 high_bits = sign_bits; 8066 } 8067 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits, 8068 contents + rel->r_offset); 8069 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits, 8070 contents + rel->r_offset + 4); 8071 continue; 8072 } 8073 8074 /* Actually perform the relocation. */ 8075 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, value, 8076 input_bfd, input_section, 8077 contents, require_jalx)) 8078 return FALSE; 8079 } 8080 8081 return TRUE; 8082} 8083 8084/* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker, 8085 adjust it appropriately now. */ 8086 8087static void 8088mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 8089 const char *name, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) 8090{ 8091 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for 8092 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */ 8093 static const char* const text_section_symbols[] = { 8094 "_ftext", 8095 "_etext", 8096 "__dso_displacement", 8097 "__elf_header", 8098 "__program_header_table", 8099 NULL 8100 }; 8101 8102 static const char* const data_section_symbols[] = { 8103 "_fdata", 8104 "_edata", 8105 "_end", 8106 "_fbss", 8107 NULL 8108 }; 8109 8110 const char* const *p; 8111 int i; 8112 8113 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i) 8114 for (p = (i == 0) ? text_section_symbols : data_section_symbols; 8115 *p; 8116 ++p) 8117 if (strcmp (*p, name) == 0) 8118 { 8119 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the 8120 IRIX6 linker. */ 8121 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION); 8122 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED; 8123 8124 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */ 8125 if (i == 0) 8126 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT; 8127 else 8128 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA; 8129 8130 break; 8131 } 8132} 8133 8134/* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various 8135 dynamic sections here. */ 8136 8137bfd_boolean 8138_bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, 8139 struct bfd_link_info *info, 8140 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, 8141 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) 8142{ 8143 bfd *dynobj; 8144 asection *sgot; 8145 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg; 8146 const char *name; 8147 int idx; 8148 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 8149 8150 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); 8151 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; 8152 8153 if (h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE) 8154 { 8155 asection *s; 8156 bfd_byte stub[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE]; 8157 8158 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */ 8159 8160 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1); 8161 8162 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, 8163 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)); 8164 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); 8165 8166 BFD_ASSERT ((htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE) 8167 || (h->dynindx <= 0xffff)); 8168 8169 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause 8170 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative 8171 index value. */ 8172 if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fffffff) 8173 return FALSE; 8174 8175 /* Fill the stub. */ 8176 idx = 0; 8177 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LW (output_bfd), stub + idx); 8178 idx += 4; 8179 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd), stub + idx); 8180 idx += 4; 8181 if (htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE) 8182 { 8183 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LUI ((h->dynindx >> 16) & 0x7fff), 8184 stub + idx); 8185 idx += 4; 8186 } 8187 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR, stub + idx); 8188 idx += 4; 8189 8190 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a 8191 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */ 8192 if (htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE) 8193 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_ORI (h->dynindx & 0xffff), stub + idx); 8194 else if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fff) 8195 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16U (h->dynindx & 0xffff), stub + idx); 8196 else 8197 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd, h->dynindx), 8198 stub + idx); 8199 8200 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= s->size); 8201 memcpy (s->contents + h->plt.offset, stub, htab->function_stub_size); 8202 8203 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs 8204 only for the referenced symbol. */ 8205 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; 8206 8207 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol 8208 to reset the global offset table entry for this external 8209 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */ 8210 sym->st_value = (s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset 8211 + h->plt.offset); 8212 } 8213 8214 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1 8215 || h->forced_local); 8216 8217 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE); 8218 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL); 8219 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL); 8220 g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info; 8221 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL); 8222 8223 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all 8224 the symbols that need them. */ 8225 if (g->global_gotsym != NULL 8226 && h->dynindx >= g->global_gotsym->dynindx) 8227 { 8228 bfd_vma offset; 8229 bfd_vma value; 8230 8231 value = sym->st_value; 8232 offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h, R_MIPS_GOT16, info); 8233 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, value, sgot->contents + offset); 8234 } 8235 8236 if (g->next && h->dynindx != -1 && h->type != STT_TLS) 8237 { 8238 struct mips_got_entry e, *p; 8239 bfd_vma entry; 8240 bfd_vma offset; 8241 8242 gg = g; 8243 8244 e.abfd = output_bfd; 8245 e.symndx = -1; 8246 e.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h; 8247 e.tls_type = 0; 8248 8249 for (g = g->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next) 8250 { 8251 if (g->got_entries 8252 && (p = (struct mips_got_entry *) htab_find (g->got_entries, 8253 &e))) 8254 { 8255 offset = p->gotidx; 8256 if (info->shared 8257 || (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created 8258 && p->d.h != NULL 8259 && p->d.h->root.def_dynamic 8260 && !p->d.h->root.def_regular)) 8261 { 8262 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to 8263 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock 8264 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave 8265 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the 8266 appropriate addend. */ 8267 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3]; 8268 8269 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel)); 8270 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)) 8271 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_64); 8272 else 8273 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_32); 8274 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset; 8275 8276 entry = 0; 8277 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation 8278 (output_bfd, info, rel, 8279 e.d.h, NULL, sym->st_value, &entry, sgot))) 8280 return FALSE; 8281 } 8282 else 8283 entry = sym->st_value; 8284 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, entry, sgot->contents + offset); 8285 } 8286 } 8287 } 8288 8289 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */ 8290 name = h->root.root.string; 8291 if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC") == 0 8292 || h == elf_hash_table (info)->hgot) 8293 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS; 8294 else if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0 8295 || strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0) 8296 { 8297 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS; 8298 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION); 8299 sym->st_value = 1; 8300 } 8301 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd)) 8302 { 8303 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS; 8304 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION); 8305 sym->st_value = elf_gp (output_bfd); 8306 } 8307 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)) 8308 { 8309 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0 8310 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0) 8311 { 8312 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION); 8313 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED; 8314 sym->st_value = 0; 8315 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA; 8316 } 8317 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0) 8318 { 8319 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION); 8320 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED; 8321 sym->st_value = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count; 8322 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS; 8323 } 8324 else if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF && sym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS) 8325 { 8326 if (h->type == STT_FUNC) 8327 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT; 8328 else if (h->type == STT_OBJECT) 8329 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA; 8330 } 8331 } 8332 8333 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */ 8334 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix6) 8335 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, name, sym); 8336 8337 if (! info->shared) 8338 { 8339 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head 8340 && (strcmp (name, "__rld_map") == 0 8341 || strcmp (name, "__RLD_MAP") == 0)) 8342 { 8343 asection *s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rld_map"); 8344 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); 8345 sym->st_value = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset; 8346 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, 0, s->contents); 8347 if (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value == 0) 8348 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value = sym->st_value; 8349 } 8350 else if (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head 8351 && strcmp (name, "__rld_obj_head") == 0) 8352 { 8353 /* IRIX6 does not use a .rld_map section. */ 8354 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5 8355 || IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_none) 8356 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rld_map") 8357 != NULL); 8358 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value = sym->st_value; 8359 } 8360 } 8361 8362 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */ 8363 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16) 8364 sym->st_value &= ~1; 8365 8366 return TRUE; 8367} 8368 8369/* Likewise, for VxWorks. */ 8370 8371bfd_boolean 8372_bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, 8373 struct bfd_link_info *info, 8374 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, 8375 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) 8376{ 8377 bfd *dynobj; 8378 asection *sgot; 8379 struct mips_got_info *g; 8380 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 8381 8382 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); 8383 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; 8384 8385 if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1) 8386 { 8387 bfd_byte *loc; 8388 bfd_vma plt_address, plt_index, got_address, got_offset, branch_offset; 8389 Elf_Internal_Rela rel; 8390 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry; 8391 8392 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1); 8393 BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt != NULL); 8394 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= htab->splt->size); 8395 8396 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */ 8397 plt_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma 8398 + htab->splt->output_offset 8399 + h->plt.offset); 8400 8401 /* Calculate the index of the entry. */ 8402 plt_index = ((h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size) 8403 / htab->plt_entry_size); 8404 8405 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */ 8406 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma 8407 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset 8408 + plt_index * 4); 8409 8410 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from 8411 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */ 8412 got_offset = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, h); 8413 8414 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT 8415 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */ 8416 branch_offset = -(h->plt.offset / 4 + 1) & 0xffff; 8417 8418 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */ 8419 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_address, 8420 htab->sgotplt->contents + plt_index * 4); 8421 8422 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */ 8423 loc = htab->splt->contents + h->plt.offset; 8424 8425 if (info->shared) 8426 { 8427 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry; 8428 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc); 8429 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | plt_index, loc + 4); 8430 } 8431 else 8432 { 8433 bfd_vma got_address_high, got_address_low; 8434 8435 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry; 8436 got_address_high = ((got_address + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff; 8437 got_address_low = got_address & 0xffff; 8438 8439 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc); 8440 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | plt_index, loc + 4); 8441 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_high, loc + 8); 8442 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3] | got_address_low, loc + 12); 8443 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16); 8444 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20); 8445 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 24); 8446 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], loc + 28); 8447 8448 loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents 8449 + (plt_index * 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); 8450 8451 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */ 8452 rel.r_offset = got_address; 8453 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32); 8454 rel.r_addend = h->plt.offset; 8455 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); 8456 8457 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */ 8458 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 8459 rel.r_offset = plt_address + 8; 8460 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16); 8461 rel.r_addend = got_offset; 8462 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); 8463 8464 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */ 8465 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 8466 rel.r_offset += 4; 8467 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16); 8468 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); 8469 } 8470 8471 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */ 8472 loc = htab->srelplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 8473 rel.r_offset = got_address; 8474 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT); 8475 rel.r_addend = 0; 8476 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); 8477 8478 if (!h->def_regular) 8479 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF; 8480 } 8481 8482 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1 || h->forced_local); 8483 8484 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE); 8485 BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL); 8486 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL); 8487 g = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info; 8488 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL); 8489 8490 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */ 8491 if (g->global_gotsym != NULL 8492 && h->dynindx >= g->global_gotsym->dynindx) 8493 { 8494 bfd_vma offset; 8495 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel; 8496 bfd_byte *loc; 8497 asection *s; 8498 8499 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */ 8500 offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h, 8501 R_MIPS_GOT16, info); 8502 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, sym->st_value, sgot->contents + offset); 8503 8504 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */ 8505 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE); 8506 loc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)); 8507 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma 8508 + sgot->output_offset 8509 + offset); 8510 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_32); 8511 outrel.r_addend = 0; 8512 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj, &outrel, loc); 8513 } 8514 8515 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */ 8516 if (h->needs_copy) 8517 { 8518 Elf_Internal_Rela rel; 8519 8520 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1); 8521 8522 rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma 8523 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset 8524 + h->root.u.def.value); 8525 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_COPY); 8526 rel.r_addend = 0; 8527 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, 8528 htab->srelbss->contents 8529 + (htab->srelbss->reloc_count 8530 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela))); 8531 ++htab->srelbss->reloc_count; 8532 } 8533 8534 /* If this is a mips16 symbol, force the value to be even. */ 8535 if (sym->st_other == STO_MIPS16) 8536 sym->st_value &= ~1; 8537 8538 return TRUE; 8539} 8540 8541/* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the 8542 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */ 8543 8544static void 8545mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 8546{ 8547 Elf_Internal_Rela rela; 8548 bfd_byte *loc; 8549 bfd_vma got_value, got_value_high, got_value_low, plt_address; 8550 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry; 8551 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 8552 8553 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); 8554 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry; 8555 8556 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */ 8557 got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma 8558 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset 8559 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value); 8560 8561 got_value_high = ((got_value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff; 8562 got_value_low = got_value & 0xffff; 8563 8564 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */ 8565 plt_address = htab->splt->output_section->vma + htab->splt->output_offset; 8566 8567 /* Install the PLT header. */ 8568 loc = htab->splt->contents; 8569 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | got_value_high, loc); 8570 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | got_value_low, loc + 4); 8571 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 8); 8572 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12); 8573 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16); 8574 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20); 8575 8576 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */ 8577 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents; 8578 rela.r_offset = plt_address; 8579 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16); 8580 rela.r_addend = 0; 8581 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc); 8582 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 8583 8584 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of 8585 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */ 8586 rela.r_offset += 4; 8587 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16); 8588 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc); 8589 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 8590 8591 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong 8592 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order 8593 in which symbols were output. */ 8594 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size) 8595 { 8596 Elf_Internal_Rela rel; 8597 8598 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); 8599 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32); 8600 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); 8601 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 8602 8603 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); 8604 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16); 8605 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); 8606 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 8607 8608 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel); 8609 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16); 8610 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc); 8611 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela); 8612 } 8613} 8614 8615/* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */ 8616 8617static void 8618mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 8619{ 8620 unsigned int i; 8621 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 8622 8623 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); 8624 8625 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */ 8626 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry); i++) 8627 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[i], 8628 htab->splt->contents + i * 4); 8629} 8630 8631/* Finish up the dynamic sections. */ 8632 8633bfd_boolean 8634_bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, 8635 struct bfd_link_info *info) 8636{ 8637 bfd *dynobj; 8638 asection *sdyn; 8639 asection *sgot; 8640 struct mips_got_info *gg, *g; 8641 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 8642 8643 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); 8644 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; 8645 8646 sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".dynamic"); 8647 8648 sgot = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE); 8649 if (sgot == NULL) 8650 gg = g = NULL; 8651 else 8652 { 8653 BFD_ASSERT (mips_elf_section_data (sgot) != NULL); 8654 gg = mips_elf_section_data (sgot)->u.got_info; 8655 BFD_ASSERT (gg != NULL); 8656 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, output_bfd); 8657 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL); 8658 } 8659 8660 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) 8661 { 8662 bfd_byte *b; 8663 int dyn_to_skip = 0, dyn_skipped = 0; 8664 8665 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL); 8666 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL); 8667 8668 for (b = sdyn->contents; 8669 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size; 8670 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj)) 8671 { 8672 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; 8673 const char *name; 8674 size_t elemsize; 8675 asection *s; 8676 bfd_boolean swap_out_p; 8677 8678 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */ 8679 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn); 8680 8681 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */ 8682 swap_out_p = TRUE; 8683 8684 switch (dyn.d_tag) 8685 { 8686 case DT_RELENT: 8687 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj); 8688 break; 8689 8690 case DT_RELAENT: 8691 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks); 8692 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj); 8693 break; 8694 8695 case DT_STRSZ: 8696 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */ 8697 dyn.d_un.d_val = 8698 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr); 8699 break; 8700 8701 case DT_PLTGOT: 8702 name = ".got"; 8703 if (htab->is_vxworks) 8704 { 8705 /* _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is defined to be the beginning 8706 of the ".got" section in DYNOBJ. */ 8707 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, name); 8708 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); 8709 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset; 8710 } 8711 else 8712 { 8713 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name); 8714 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); 8715 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma; 8716 } 8717 break; 8718 8719 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION: 8720 dyn.d_un.d_val = 1; /* XXX */ 8721 break; 8722 8723 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS: 8724 dyn.d_un.d_val = RHF_NOTPOT; /* XXX */ 8725 break; 8726 8727 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP: 8728 { 8729 time_t t; 8730 time (&t); 8731 dyn.d_un.d_val = t; 8732 } 8733 break; 8734 8735 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM: 8736 /* XXX FIXME: */ 8737 swap_out_p = FALSE; 8738 break; 8739 8740 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION: 8741 /* XXX FIXME: */ 8742 swap_out_p = FALSE; 8743 break; 8744 8745 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS: 8746 s = output_bfd->sections; 8747 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); 8748 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff; 8749 break; 8750 8751 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO: 8752 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno; 8753 break; 8754 8755 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO: 8756 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the 8757 entry of the first external symbol that is not 8758 referenced within the same object. */ 8759 dyn.d_un.d_val = bfd_count_sections (output_bfd) + 1; 8760 break; 8761 8762 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM: 8763 if (gg->global_gotsym) 8764 { 8765 dyn.d_un.d_val = gg->global_gotsym->dynindx; 8766 break; 8767 } 8768 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default 8769 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as 8770 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */ 8771 8772 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO: 8773 name = ".dynsym"; 8774 elemsize = MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd); 8775 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name); 8776 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL); 8777 8778 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size / elemsize; 8779 break; 8780 8781 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO: 8782 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno - MIPS_RESERVED_GOTNO (info); 8783 break; 8784 8785 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP: 8786 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_value; 8787 break; 8788 8789 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS: 8790 s = (bfd_get_section_by_name 8791 (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd))); 8792 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma; 8793 break; 8794 8795 case DT_RELASZ: 8796 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks); 8797 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */ 8798 if (htab->srelplt) 8799 dyn.d_un.d_val -= htab->srelplt->size; 8800 break; 8801 8802 case DT_PLTREL: 8803 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks); 8804 dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_RELA; 8805 break; 8806 8807 case DT_PLTRELSZ: 8808 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks); 8809 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->srelplt->size; 8810 break; 8811 8812 case DT_JMPREL: 8813 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks); 8814 dyn.d_un.d_val = (htab->srelplt->output_section->vma 8815 + htab->srelplt->output_offset); 8816 break; 8817 8818 case DT_TEXTREL: 8819 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete 8820 the dynamic tag. */ 8821 if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL)) 8822 { 8823 dyn_to_skip = MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj); 8824 swap_out_p = FALSE; 8825 } 8826 break; 8827 8828 case DT_FLAGS: 8829 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear 8830 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */ 8831 if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL)) 8832 dyn.d_un.d_val &= ~DF_TEXTREL; 8833 else 8834 swap_out_p = FALSE; 8835 break; 8836 8837 default: 8838 swap_out_p = FALSE; 8839 break; 8840 } 8841 8842 if (swap_out_p || dyn_skipped) 8843 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out) 8844 (dynobj, &dyn, b - dyn_skipped); 8845 8846 if (dyn_to_skip) 8847 { 8848 dyn_skipped += dyn_to_skip; 8849 dyn_to_skip = 0; 8850 } 8851 } 8852 8853 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */ 8854 if (dyn_skipped > 0) 8855 memset (b - dyn_skipped, 0, dyn_skipped); 8856 } 8857 8858 if (sgot != NULL && sgot->size > 0) 8859 { 8860 if (htab->is_vxworks) 8861 { 8862 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the 8863 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the 8864 loader and contains the shared library identifier. 8865 The third is also initialized by the loader and points 8866 to the lazy resolution stub. */ 8867 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 8868 sdyn->output_offset + sdyn->output_section->vma, 8869 sgot->contents); 8870 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, 8871 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd)); 8872 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, 8873 sgot->contents 8874 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd)); 8875 } 8876 else 8877 { 8878 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at 8879 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders. 8880 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */ 8881 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents); 8882 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0x80000000, 8883 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd)); 8884 } 8885 8886 elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize 8887 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd); 8888 } 8889 8890 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */ 8891 if (gg != NULL && gg->next) 8892 { 8893 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3]; 8894 bfd_vma addend = 0; 8895 8896 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel)); 8897 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_REL32); 8898 8899 for (g = gg->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next) 8900 { 8901 bfd_vma index = g->next->local_gotno + g->next->global_gotno 8902 + g->next->tls_gotno; 8903 8904 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents 8905 + index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd)); 8906 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0x80000000, sgot->contents 8907 + index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd)); 8908 8909 if (! info->shared) 8910 continue; 8911 8912 while (index < g->assigned_gotno) 8913 { 8914 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset 8915 = index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd); 8916 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation 8917 (output_bfd, info, rel, NULL, 8918 bfd_abs_section_ptr, 8919 0, &addend, sgot))) 8920 return FALSE; 8921 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0); 8922 } 8923 } 8924 } 8925 8926 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots 8927 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until 8928 here. */ 8929 8930 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) 8931 { 8932 bfd_byte *b; 8933 bfd_boolean swap_out_p; 8934 8935 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL); 8936 8937 for (b = sdyn->contents; 8938 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size; 8939 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj)) 8940 { 8941 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn; 8942 asection *s; 8943 8944 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */ 8945 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn); 8946 8947 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */ 8948 swap_out_p = TRUE; 8949 8950 switch (dyn.d_tag) 8951 { 8952 case DT_RELSZ: 8953 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we 8954 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld, 8955 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there 8956 are trailing null entries. */ 8957 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE); 8958 dyn.d_un.d_val = (s->reloc_count 8959 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd) 8960 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel) 8961 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel))); 8962 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker 8963 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */ 8964 elf_section_data (s->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_size 8965 = dyn.d_un.d_val; 8966 break; 8967 8968 default: 8969 swap_out_p = FALSE; 8970 break; 8971 } 8972 8973 if (swap_out_p) 8974 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out) 8975 (dynobj, &dyn, b); 8976 } 8977 } 8978 8979 { 8980 asection *s; 8981 Elf32_compact_rel cpt; 8982 8983 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)) 8984 { 8985 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */ 8986 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".compact_rel"); 8987 if (s != NULL) 8988 { 8989 cpt.id1 = 1; 8990 cpt.num = s->reloc_count; 8991 cpt.id2 = 2; 8992 cpt.offset = (s->output_section->filepos 8993 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel)); 8994 cpt.reserved0 = 0; 8995 cpt.reserved1 = 0; 8996 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd, &cpt, 8997 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel *) 8998 s->contents)); 8999 9000 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */ 9001 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, 9002 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)); 9003 if (s != NULL) 9004 { 9005 file_ptr dummy_offset; 9006 9007 BFD_ASSERT (s->size >= htab->function_stub_size); 9008 dummy_offset = s->size - htab->function_stub_size; 9009 memset (s->contents + dummy_offset, 0, 9010 htab->function_stub_size); 9011 } 9012 } 9013 } 9014 9015 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in 9016 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require 9017 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA 9018 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */ 9019 if (!htab->is_vxworks) 9020 { 9021 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE); 9022 if (s != NULL 9023 && s->size > (bfd_vma)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd)) 9024 { 9025 reldyn_sorting_bfd = output_bfd; 9026 9027 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)) 9028 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1, 9029 s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel), 9030 sort_dynamic_relocs_64); 9031 else 9032 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1, 9033 s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel), 9034 sort_dynamic_relocs); 9035 } 9036 } 9037 } 9038 9039 if (htab->is_vxworks && htab->splt->size > 0) 9040 { 9041 if (info->shared) 9042 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd, info); 9043 else 9044 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info); 9045 } 9046 return TRUE; 9047} 9048 9049 9050/* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */ 9051 9052static void 9053mips_set_isa_flags (bfd *abfd) 9054{ 9055 flagword val; 9056 9057 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd)) 9058 { 9059 default: 9060 case bfd_mach_mips3000: 9061 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1; 9062 break; 9063 9064 case bfd_mach_mips3900: 9065 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1 | E_MIPS_MACH_3900; 9066 break; 9067 9068 case bfd_mach_mips6000: 9069 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_2; 9070 break; 9071 9072 case bfd_mach_mips4000: 9073 case bfd_mach_mips4300: 9074 case bfd_mach_mips4400: 9075 case bfd_mach_mips4600: 9076 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3; 9077 break; 9078 9079 case bfd_mach_mips4010: 9080 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4010; 9081 break; 9082 9083 case bfd_mach_mips4100: 9084 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4100; 9085 break; 9086 9087 case bfd_mach_mips4111: 9088 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4111; 9089 break; 9090 9091 case bfd_mach_mips4120: 9092 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4120; 9093 break; 9094 9095 case bfd_mach_mips4650: 9096 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4650; 9097 break; 9098 9099 case bfd_mach_mips5400: 9100 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5400; 9101 break; 9102 9103 case bfd_mach_mips5500: 9104 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5500; 9105 break; 9106 9107 case bfd_mach_mips9000: 9108 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_9000; 9109 break; 9110 9111 case bfd_mach_mips5000: 9112 case bfd_mach_mips7000: 9113 case bfd_mach_mips8000: 9114 case bfd_mach_mips10000: 9115 case bfd_mach_mips12000: 9116 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4; 9117 break; 9118 9119 case bfd_mach_mips5: 9120 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_5; 9121 break; 9122 9123 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1: 9124 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_SB1; 9125 break; 9126 9127 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32: 9128 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32; 9129 break; 9130 9131 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64: 9132 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64; 9133 break; 9134 9135 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2: 9136 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2; 9137 break; 9138 9139 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2: 9140 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2; 9141 break; 9142 } 9143 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH); 9144 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags |= val; 9145 9146} 9147 9148 9149/* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object 9150 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine 9151 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */ 9152 9153void 9154_bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd, 9155 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 9156{ 9157 unsigned int i; 9158 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp; 9159 const char *name; 9160 asection *sec; 9161 9162 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former 9163 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used 9164 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */ 9165 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == 0) 9166 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd); 9167 9168 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate 9169 info for each special section. */ 9170 for (i = 1, hdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1; 9171 i < elf_numsections (abfd); 9172 i++, hdrpp++) 9173 { 9174 switch ((*hdrpp)->sh_type) 9175 { 9176 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM: 9177 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST: 9178 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr"); 9179 if (sec != NULL) 9180 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx; 9181 break; 9182 9183 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB: 9184 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL); 9185 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section); 9186 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL 9187 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab.")); 9188 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1); 9189 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL); 9190 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx; 9191 break; 9192 9193 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT: 9194 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL); 9195 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section); 9196 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL 9197 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content")); 9198 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, 9199 name + sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1); 9200 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL); 9201 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx; 9202 break; 9203 9204 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB: 9205 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym"); 9206 if (sec != NULL) 9207 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx; 9208 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".liblist"); 9209 if (sec != NULL) 9210 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx; 9211 break; 9212 9213 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS: 9214 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL); 9215 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section); 9216 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL); 9217 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events")) 9218 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, 9219 name + sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1); 9220 else 9221 { 9222 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel")); 9223 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, 9224 (name 9225 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1)); 9226 } 9227 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL); 9228 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx; 9229 break; 9230 9231 } 9232 } 9233} 9234 9235/* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC 9236 segments. */ 9237 9238int 9239_bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd, 9240 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 9241{ 9242 asection *s; 9243 int ret = 0; 9244 9245 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */ 9246 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo"); 9247 if (s && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD)) 9248 ++ret; 9249 9250 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */ 9251 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6 9252 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, 9253 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd))) 9254 ++ret; 9255 9256 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */ 9257 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5 9258 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") 9259 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug")) 9260 ++ret; 9261 9262 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See 9263 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */ 9264 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd) 9265 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic")) 9266 ++ret; 9267 9268 return ret; 9269} 9270 9271/* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */ 9272 9273bfd_boolean 9274_bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd, 9275 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 9276{ 9277 asection *s; 9278 struct elf_segment_map *m, **pm; 9279 bfd_size_type amt; 9280 9281 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO 9282 segment. */ 9283 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo"); 9284 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) 9285 { 9286 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next) 9287 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_REGINFO) 9288 break; 9289 if (m == NULL) 9290 { 9291 amt = sizeof *m; 9292 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 9293 if (m == NULL) 9294 return FALSE; 9295 9296 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_REGINFO; 9297 m->count = 1; 9298 m->sections[0] = s; 9299 9300 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */ 9301 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; 9302 while (*pm != NULL 9303 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR 9304 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP)) 9305 pm = &(*pm)->next; 9306 9307 m->next = *pm; 9308 *pm = m; 9309 } 9310 } 9311 9312 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but 9313 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a 9314 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header 9315 table. */ 9316 if (NEWABI_P (abfd) 9317 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment 9318 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this 9319 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right 9320 now. */ 9321 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6) 9322 { 9323 for (s = abfd->sections; s; s = s->next) 9324 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS) 9325 break; 9326 9327 if (s) 9328 { 9329 struct elf_segment_map *options_segment; 9330 9331 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; 9332 while (*pm != NULL 9333 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR 9334 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP)) 9335 pm = &(*pm)->next; 9336 9337 if (*pm == NULL || (*pm)->p_type != PT_MIPS_OPTIONS) 9338 { 9339 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map); 9340 options_segment = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 9341 options_segment->next = *pm; 9342 options_segment->p_type = PT_MIPS_OPTIONS; 9343 options_segment->p_flags = PF_R; 9344 options_segment->p_flags_valid = TRUE; 9345 options_segment->count = 1; 9346 options_segment->sections[0] = s; 9347 *pm = options_segment; 9348 } 9349 } 9350 } 9351 else 9352 { 9353 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5) 9354 { 9355 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room 9356 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */ 9357 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp") == NULL 9358 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL 9359 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug") != NULL) 9360 { 9361 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next) 9362 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_RTPROC) 9363 break; 9364 if (m == NULL) 9365 { 9366 amt = sizeof *m; 9367 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 9368 if (m == NULL) 9369 return FALSE; 9370 9371 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_RTPROC; 9372 9373 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc"); 9374 if (s == NULL) 9375 { 9376 m->count = 0; 9377 m->p_flags = 0; 9378 m->p_flags_valid = 1; 9379 } 9380 else 9381 { 9382 m->count = 1; 9383 m->sections[0] = s; 9384 } 9385 9386 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */ 9387 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; 9388 while (*pm != NULL && (*pm)->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC) 9389 pm = &(*pm)->next; 9390 if (*pm != NULL) 9391 pm = &(*pm)->next; 9392 9393 m->next = *pm; 9394 *pm = m; 9395 } 9396 } 9397 } 9398 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic, 9399 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in 9400 between. */ 9401 for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; *pm != NULL; 9402 pm = &(*pm)->next) 9403 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC) 9404 break; 9405 m = *pm; 9406 if (m != NULL && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none) 9407 { 9408 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC 9409 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since 9410 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters 9411 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */ 9412 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL) 9413 { 9414 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_W | PF_X; 9415 m->p_flags_valid = 1; 9416 } 9417 } 9418 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section. 9419 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of 9420 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack 9421 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can 9422 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain 9423 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker, 9424 which might move one of the other sections to a different 9425 PT_LOAD segment. */ 9426 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) 9427 && m != NULL 9428 && m->count == 1 9429 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") == 0) 9430 { 9431 static const char *sec_names[] = 9432 { 9433 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash" 9434 }; 9435 bfd_vma low, high; 9436 unsigned int i, c; 9437 struct elf_segment_map *n; 9438 9439 low = ~(bfd_vma) 0; 9440 high = 0; 9441 for (i = 0; i < sizeof sec_names / sizeof sec_names[0]; i++) 9442 { 9443 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec_names[i]); 9444 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0) 9445 { 9446 bfd_size_type sz; 9447 9448 if (low > s->vma) 9449 low = s->vma; 9450 sz = s->size; 9451 if (high < s->vma + sz) 9452 high = s->vma + sz; 9453 } 9454 } 9455 9456 c = 0; 9457 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 9458 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 9459 && s->vma >= low 9460 && s->vma + s->size <= high) 9461 ++c; 9462 9463 amt = sizeof *n + (bfd_size_type) (c - 1) * sizeof (asection *); 9464 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 9465 if (n == NULL) 9466 return FALSE; 9467 *n = *m; 9468 n->count = c; 9469 9470 i = 0; 9471 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next) 9472 { 9473 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0 9474 && s->vma >= low 9475 && s->vma + s->size <= high) 9476 { 9477 n->sections[i] = s; 9478 ++i; 9479 } 9480 } 9481 9482 *pm = n; 9483 } 9484 } 9485 9486 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools 9487 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry. 9488 9489 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its 9490 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into 9491 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires 9492 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often 9493 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header. 9494 9495 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a 9496 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program 9497 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections. 9498 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags, 9499 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural 9500 extension. */ 9501 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd) 9502 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic")) 9503 { 9504 for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; *pm != NULL; pm = &(*pm)->next) 9505 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_NULL) 9506 break; 9507 if (*pm == NULL) 9508 { 9509 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*m)); 9510 if (m == NULL) 9511 return FALSE; 9512 9513 m->p_type = PT_NULL; 9514 *pm = m; 9515 } 9516 } 9517 9518 return TRUE; 9519} 9520 9521/* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given 9522 relocation. */ 9523 9524asection * 9525_bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec, 9526 struct bfd_link_info *info, 9527 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, 9528 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, 9529 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) 9530{ 9531 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */ 9532 9533 if (h != NULL) 9534 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info)) 9535 { 9536 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT: 9537 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY: 9538 return NULL; 9539 } 9540 9541 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym); 9542} 9543 9544/* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */ 9545 9546bfd_boolean 9547_bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 9548 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 9549 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 9550 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 9551{ 9552#if 0 9553 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr; 9554 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes; 9555 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts; 9556 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend; 9557 unsigned long r_symndx; 9558 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h; 9559 9560 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr; 9561 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd); 9562 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd); 9563 9564 relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count; 9565 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++) 9566 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info)) 9567 { 9568 case R_MIPS_GOT16: 9569 case R_MIPS_CALL16: 9570 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16: 9571 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16: 9572 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16: 9573 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16: 9574 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP: 9575 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE: 9576 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST: 9577 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort 9578 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries, 9579 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */ 9580 break; 9581 9582 default: 9583 break; 9584 } 9585#endif 9586 9587 return TRUE; 9588} 9589 9590/* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol, 9591 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation 9592 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let 9593 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */ 9594 9595void 9596_bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, 9597 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir, 9598 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind) 9599{ 9600 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *dirmips, *indmips; 9601 9602 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind); 9603 9604 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect) 9605 return; 9606 9607 dirmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir; 9608 indmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind; 9609 dirmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs += indmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs; 9610 if (indmips->readonly_reloc) 9611 dirmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE; 9612 if (indmips->no_fn_stub) 9613 dirmips->no_fn_stub = TRUE; 9614 9615 if (dirmips->tls_type == 0) 9616 dirmips->tls_type = indmips->tls_type; 9617} 9618 9619void 9620_bfd_mips_elf_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, 9621 struct elf_link_hash_entry *entry, 9622 bfd_boolean force_local) 9623{ 9624 bfd *dynobj; 9625 asection *got; 9626 struct mips_got_info *g; 9627 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h; 9628 9629 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry; 9630 if (h->forced_local) 9631 return; 9632 h->forced_local = force_local; 9633 9634 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; 9635 if (dynobj != NULL && force_local && h->root.type != STT_TLS 9636 && (got = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, TRUE)) != NULL 9637 && (g = mips_elf_section_data (got)->u.got_info) != NULL) 9638 { 9639 if (g->next) 9640 { 9641 struct mips_got_entry e; 9642 struct mips_got_info *gg = g; 9643 9644 /* Since we're turning what used to be a global symbol into a 9645 local one, bump up the number of local entries of each GOT 9646 that had an entry for it. This will automatically decrease 9647 the number of global entries, since global_gotno is actually 9648 the upper limit of global entries. */ 9649 e.abfd = dynobj; 9650 e.symndx = -1; 9651 e.d.h = h; 9652 e.tls_type = 0; 9653 9654 for (g = g->next; g != gg; g = g->next) 9655 if (htab_find (g->got_entries, &e)) 9656 { 9657 BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotno > 0); 9658 g->local_gotno++; 9659 g->global_gotno--; 9660 } 9661 9662 /* If this was a global symbol forced into the primary GOT, we 9663 no longer need an entry for it. We can't release the entry 9664 at this point, but we must at least stop counting it as one 9665 of the symbols that required a forced got entry. */ 9666 if (h->root.got.offset == 2) 9667 { 9668 BFD_ASSERT (gg->assigned_gotno > 0); 9669 gg->assigned_gotno--; 9670 } 9671 } 9672 else if (g->global_gotno == 0 && g->global_gotsym == NULL) 9673 /* If we haven't got through GOT allocation yet, just bump up the 9674 number of local entries, as this symbol won't be counted as 9675 global. */ 9676 g->local_gotno++; 9677 else if (h->root.got.offset == 1) 9678 { 9679 /* If we're past non-multi-GOT allocation and this symbol had 9680 been marked for a global got entry, give it a local entry 9681 instead. */ 9682 BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotno > 0); 9683 g->local_gotno++; 9684 g->global_gotno--; 9685 } 9686 } 9687 9688 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, &h->root, force_local); 9689} 9690 9691#define PDR_SIZE 32 9692 9693bfd_boolean 9694_bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd *abfd, struct elf_reloc_cookie *cookie, 9695 struct bfd_link_info *info) 9696{ 9697 asection *o; 9698 bfd_boolean ret = FALSE; 9699 unsigned char *tdata; 9700 size_t i, skip; 9701 9702 o = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".pdr"); 9703 if (! o) 9704 return FALSE; 9705 if (o->size == 0) 9706 return FALSE; 9707 if (o->size % PDR_SIZE != 0) 9708 return FALSE; 9709 if (o->output_section != NULL 9710 && bfd_is_abs_section (o->output_section)) 9711 return FALSE; 9712 9713 tdata = bfd_zmalloc (o->size / PDR_SIZE); 9714 if (! tdata) 9715 return FALSE; 9716 9717 cookie->rels = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL, 9718 info->keep_memory); 9719 if (!cookie->rels) 9720 { 9721 free (tdata); 9722 return FALSE; 9723 } 9724 9725 cookie->rel = cookie->rels; 9726 cookie->relend = cookie->rels + o->reloc_count; 9727 9728 for (i = 0, skip = 0; i < o->size / PDR_SIZE; i ++) 9729 { 9730 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i * PDR_SIZE, cookie)) 9731 { 9732 tdata[i] = 1; 9733 skip ++; 9734 } 9735 } 9736 9737 if (skip != 0) 9738 { 9739 mips_elf_section_data (o)->u.tdata = tdata; 9740 o->size -= skip * PDR_SIZE; 9741 ret = TRUE; 9742 } 9743 else 9744 free (tdata); 9745 9746 if (! info->keep_memory) 9747 free (cookie->rels); 9748 9749 return ret; 9750} 9751 9752bfd_boolean 9753_bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection *sec) 9754{ 9755 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") == 0) 9756 return TRUE; 9757 return FALSE; 9758} 9759 9760bfd_boolean 9761_bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd *output_bfd, 9762 struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, 9763 asection *sec, bfd_byte *contents) 9764{ 9765 bfd_byte *to, *from, *end; 9766 int i; 9767 9768 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") != 0) 9769 return FALSE; 9770 9771 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata == NULL) 9772 return FALSE; 9773 9774 to = contents; 9775 end = contents + sec->size; 9776 for (from = contents, i = 0; 9777 from < end; 9778 from += PDR_SIZE, i++) 9779 { 9780 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata)[i] == 1) 9781 continue; 9782 if (to != from) 9783 memcpy (to, from, PDR_SIZE); 9784 to += PDR_SIZE; 9785 } 9786 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, sec->output_section, contents, 9787 sec->output_offset, sec->size); 9788 return TRUE; 9789} 9790 9791/* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the 9792 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */ 9793 9794struct mips_elf_find_line 9795{ 9796 struct ecoff_debug_info d; 9797 struct ecoff_find_line i; 9798}; 9799 9800bfd_boolean 9801_bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd, asection *section, 9802 asymbol **symbols, bfd_vma offset, 9803 const char **filename_ptr, 9804 const char **functionname_ptr, 9805 unsigned int *line_ptr) 9806{ 9807 asection *msec; 9808 9809 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, 9810 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, 9811 line_ptr)) 9812 return TRUE; 9813 9814 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, 9815 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, 9816 line_ptr, ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 8 : 0, 9817 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info)) 9818 return TRUE; 9819 9820 msec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug"); 9821 if (msec != NULL) 9822 { 9823 flagword origflags; 9824 struct mips_elf_find_line *fi; 9825 const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const swap = 9826 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap; 9827 9828 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have 9829 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here 9830 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */ 9831 origflags = msec->flags; 9832 if (elf_section_data (msec)->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_NOBITS) 9833 msec->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; 9834 9835 fi = elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info; 9836 if (fi == NULL) 9837 { 9838 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size; 9839 char *fraw_src; 9840 char *fraw_end; 9841 struct fdr *fdr_ptr; 9842 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line); 9843 9844 fi = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 9845 if (fi == NULL) 9846 { 9847 msec->flags = origflags; 9848 return FALSE; 9849 } 9850 9851 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd, msec, &fi->d)) 9852 { 9853 msec->flags = origflags; 9854 return FALSE; 9855 } 9856 9857 /* Swap in the FDR information. */ 9858 amt = fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * sizeof (struct fdr); 9859 fi->d.fdr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); 9860 if (fi->d.fdr == NULL) 9861 { 9862 msec->flags = origflags; 9863 return FALSE; 9864 } 9865 external_fdr_size = swap->external_fdr_size; 9866 fdr_ptr = fi->d.fdr; 9867 fraw_src = (char *) fi->d.external_fdr; 9868 fraw_end = (fraw_src 9869 + fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * external_fdr_size); 9870 for (; fraw_src < fraw_end; fraw_src += external_fdr_size, fdr_ptr++) 9871 (*swap->swap_fdr_in) (abfd, fraw_src, fdr_ptr); 9872 9873 elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info = fi; 9874 9875 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information. 9876 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in 9877 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is 9878 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory 9879 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a 9880 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */ 9881 } 9882 9883 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd, section, offset, &fi->d, swap, 9884 &fi->i, filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, 9885 line_ptr)) 9886 { 9887 msec->flags = origflags; 9888 return TRUE; 9889 } 9890 9891 msec->flags = origflags; 9892 } 9893 9894 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */ 9895 9896 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset, 9897 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr, 9898 line_ptr); 9899} 9900 9901bfd_boolean 9902_bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd, 9903 const char **filename_ptr, 9904 const char **functionname_ptr, 9905 unsigned int *line_ptr) 9906{ 9907 bfd_boolean found; 9908 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr, 9909 functionname_ptr, line_ptr, 9910 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info); 9911 return found; 9912} 9913 9914 9915/* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section, 9916 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the 9917 GP value in the section_processing routine. */ 9918 9919bfd_boolean 9920_bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd, sec_ptr section, 9921 const void *location, 9922 file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type count) 9923{ 9924 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section->name)) 9925 { 9926 bfd_byte *c; 9927 9928 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL) 9929 { 9930 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data); 9931 section->used_by_bfd = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt); 9932 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL) 9933 return FALSE; 9934 } 9935 c = mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata; 9936 if (c == NULL) 9937 { 9938 c = bfd_zalloc (abfd, section->size); 9939 if (c == NULL) 9940 return FALSE; 9941 mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata = c; 9942 } 9943 9944 memcpy (c + offset, location, count); 9945 } 9946 9947 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset, 9948 count); 9949} 9950 9951/* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some 9952 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */ 9953 9954bfd_byte * 9955_bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents 9956 (bfd *abfd, 9957 struct bfd_link_info *link_info, 9958 struct bfd_link_order *link_order, 9959 bfd_byte *data, 9960 bfd_boolean relocatable, 9961 asymbol **symbols) 9962{ 9963 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */ 9964 bfd *input_bfd = link_order->u.indirect.section->owner; 9965 asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section; 9966 bfd_size_type sz; 9967 9968 long reloc_size = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd, input_section); 9969 arelent **reloc_vector = NULL; 9970 long reloc_count; 9971 9972 if (reloc_size < 0) 9973 goto error_return; 9974 9975 reloc_vector = bfd_malloc (reloc_size); 9976 if (reloc_vector == NULL && reloc_size != 0) 9977 goto error_return; 9978 9979 /* read in the section */ 9980 sz = input_section->rawsize ? input_section->rawsize : input_section->size; 9981 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section, data, 0, sz)) 9982 goto error_return; 9983 9984 reloc_count = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd, 9985 input_section, 9986 reloc_vector, 9987 symbols); 9988 if (reloc_count < 0) 9989 goto error_return; 9990 9991 if (reloc_count > 0) 9992 { 9993 arelent **parent; 9994 /* for mips */ 9995 int gp_found; 9996 bfd_vma gp = 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */ 9997 9998 { 9999 struct bfd_hash_entry *h; 10000 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *lh; 10001 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */ 10002 if (abfd && input_bfd 10003 && abfd->xvec == input_bfd->xvec) 10004 lh = 0; 10005 else 10006 { 10007 h = bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info->hash->table, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE); 10008 lh = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) h; 10009 } 10010 lookup: 10011 if (lh) 10012 { 10013 switch (lh->type) 10014 { 10015 case bfd_link_hash_undefined: 10016 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak: 10017 case bfd_link_hash_common: 10018 gp_found = 0; 10019 break; 10020 case bfd_link_hash_defined: 10021 case bfd_link_hash_defweak: 10022 gp_found = 1; 10023 gp = lh->u.def.value; 10024 break; 10025 case bfd_link_hash_indirect: 10026 case bfd_link_hash_warning: 10027 lh = lh->u.i.link; 10028 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */ 10029 goto lookup; 10030 case bfd_link_hash_new: 10031 default: 10032 abort (); 10033 } 10034 } 10035 else 10036 gp_found = 0; 10037 } 10038 /* end mips */ 10039 for (parent = reloc_vector; *parent != NULL; parent++) 10040 { 10041 char *error_message = NULL; 10042 bfd_reloc_status_type r; 10043 10044 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require 10045 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */ 10046 asymbol *sym = *(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr; 10047 10048 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special 10049 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default 10050 to the generic handling. */ 10051 if (gp_found 10052 && (*parent)->howto->special_function 10053 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc) 10054 r = _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd, sym, *parent, 10055 input_section, relocatable, 10056 data, gp); 10057 else 10058 r = bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd, *parent, data, 10059 input_section, 10060 relocatable ? abfd : NULL, 10061 &error_message); 10062 10063 if (relocatable) 10064 { 10065 asection *os = input_section->output_section; 10066 10067 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */ 10068 os->orelocation[os->reloc_count] = *parent; 10069 os->reloc_count++; 10070 } 10071 10072 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok) 10073 { 10074 switch (r) 10075 { 10076 case bfd_reloc_undefined: 10077 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->undefined_symbol) 10078 (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr), 10079 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address, TRUE))) 10080 goto error_return; 10081 break; 10082 case bfd_reloc_dangerous: 10083 BFD_ASSERT (error_message != NULL); 10084 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous) 10085 (link_info, error_message, input_bfd, input_section, 10086 (*parent)->address))) 10087 goto error_return; 10088 break; 10089 case bfd_reloc_overflow: 10090 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_overflow) 10091 (link_info, NULL, 10092 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr), 10093 (*parent)->howto->name, (*parent)->addend, 10094 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address))) 10095 goto error_return; 10096 break; 10097 case bfd_reloc_outofrange: 10098 default: 10099 abort (); 10100 break; 10101 } 10102 10103 } 10104 } 10105 } 10106 if (reloc_vector != NULL) 10107 free (reloc_vector); 10108 return data; 10109 10110error_return: 10111 if (reloc_vector != NULL) 10112 free (reloc_vector); 10113 return NULL; 10114} 10115 10116/* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */ 10117 10118struct bfd_link_hash_table * 10119_bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd) 10120{ 10121 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *ret; 10122 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table); 10123 10124 ret = bfd_malloc (amt); 10125 if (ret == NULL) 10126 return NULL; 10127 10128 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd, 10129 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc, 10130 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry))) 10131 { 10132 free (ret); 10133 return NULL; 10134 } 10135 10136#if 0 10137 /* We no longer use this. */ 10138 for (i = 0; i < SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES; i++) 10139 ret->dynsym_sec_strindex[i] = (bfd_size_type) -1; 10140#endif 10141 ret->procedure_count = 0; 10142 ret->compact_rel_size = 0; 10143 ret->use_rld_obj_head = FALSE; 10144 ret->rld_value = 0; 10145 ret->mips16_stubs_seen = FALSE; 10146 ret->is_vxworks = FALSE; 10147 ret->srelbss = NULL; 10148 ret->sdynbss = NULL; 10149 ret->srelplt = NULL; 10150 ret->srelplt2 = NULL; 10151 ret->sgotplt = NULL; 10152 ret->splt = NULL; 10153 ret->plt_header_size = 0; 10154 ret->plt_entry_size = 0; 10155 ret->function_stub_size = 0; 10156 10157 return &ret->root.root; 10158} 10159 10160/* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */ 10161 10162struct bfd_link_hash_table * 10163_bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd) 10164{ 10165 struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret; 10166 10167 ret = _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd); 10168 if (ret) 10169 { 10170 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 10171 10172 htab = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ret; 10173 htab->is_vxworks = 1; 10174 } 10175 return ret; 10176} 10177 10178/* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and 10179 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these 10180 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */ 10181 10182bfd_boolean 10183_bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info) 10184{ 10185 asection *o; 10186 struct bfd_link_order *p; 10187 asection *reginfo_sec, *mdebug_sec, *gptab_data_sec, *gptab_bss_sec; 10188 asection *rtproc_sec; 10189 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo; 10190 struct ecoff_debug_info debug; 10191 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd); 10192 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap = bed->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap; 10193 HDRR *symhdr = &debug.symbolic_header; 10194 void *mdebug_handle = NULL; 10195 asection *s; 10196 EXTR esym; 10197 unsigned int i; 10198 bfd_size_type amt; 10199 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab; 10200 10201 static const char * const secname[] = 10202 { 10203 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data", 10204 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss" 10205 }; 10206 static const int sc[] = 10207 { 10208 scText, scInit, scFini, scData, 10209 scRData, scSData, scSBss, scBss 10210 }; 10211 10212 /* We'd carefully arranged the dynamic symbol indices, and then the 10213 generic size_dynamic_sections renumbered them out from under us. 10214 Rather than trying somehow to prevent the renumbering, just do 10215 the sort again. */ 10216 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info); 10217 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created) 10218 { 10219 bfd *dynobj; 10220 asection *got; 10221 struct mips_got_info *g; 10222 bfd_size_type dynsecsymcount; 10223 10224 /* When we resort, we must tell mips_elf_sort_hash_table what 10225 the lowest index it may use is. That's the number of section 10226 symbols we're going to add. The generic ELF linker only 10227 adds these symbols when building a shared object. Note that 10228 we count the sections after (possibly) removing the .options 10229 section above. */ 10230 10231 dynsecsymcount = count_section_dynsyms (abfd, info); 10232 if (! mips_elf_sort_hash_table (info, dynsecsymcount + 1)) 10233 return FALSE; 10234 10235 /* Make sure we didn't grow the global .got region. */ 10236 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj; 10237 got = mips_elf_got_section (dynobj, FALSE); 10238 g = mips_elf_section_data (got)->u.got_info; 10239 10240 if (g->global_gotsym != NULL) 10241 BFD_ASSERT ((elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount 10242 - g->global_gotsym->dynindx) 10243 <= g->global_gotno); 10244 } 10245 10246 /* Get a value for the GP register. */ 10247 if (elf_gp (abfd) == 0) 10248 { 10249 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h; 10250 10251 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); 10252 if (h != NULL && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined) 10253 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.value 10254 + h->u.def.section->output_section->vma 10255 + h->u.def.section->output_offset); 10256 else if (htab->is_vxworks 10257 && (h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, 10258 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", 10259 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE)) 10260 && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined) 10261 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.section->output_section->vma 10262 + h->u.def.section->output_offset 10263 + h->u.def.value); 10264 else if (info->relocatable) 10265 { 10266 bfd_vma lo = MINUS_ONE; 10267 10268 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */ 10269 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) 10270 if (o->vma < lo 10271 && (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_MIPS_GPREL)) 10272 lo = o->vma; 10273 10274 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */ 10275 elf_gp (abfd) = lo + ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info); 10276 } 10277 else 10278 { 10279 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc 10280 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous 10281 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */ 10282 } 10283 } 10284 10285 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug 10286 information. */ 10287 reginfo_sec = NULL; 10288 mdebug_sec = NULL; 10289 gptab_data_sec = NULL; 10290 gptab_bss_sec = NULL; 10291 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next) 10292 { 10293 if (strcmp (o->name, ".reginfo") == 0) 10294 { 10295 memset (®info, 0, sizeof reginfo); 10296 10297 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file. 10298 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge 10299 the information together. */ 10300 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next) 10301 { 10302 asection *input_section; 10303 bfd *input_bfd; 10304 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext; 10305 Elf32_RegInfo sub; 10306 10307 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order) 10308 { 10309 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order) 10310 continue; 10311 abort (); 10312 } 10313 10314 input_section = p->u.indirect.section; 10315 input_bfd = input_section->owner; 10316 10317 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section, 10318 &ext, 0, sizeof ext)) 10319 return FALSE; 10320 10321 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd, &ext, &sub); 10322 10323 reginfo.ri_gprmask |= sub.ri_gprmask; 10324 reginfo.ri_cprmask[0] |= sub.ri_cprmask[0]; 10325 reginfo.ri_cprmask[1] |= sub.ri_cprmask[1]; 10326 reginfo.ri_cprmask[2] |= sub.ri_cprmask[2]; 10327 reginfo.ri_cprmask[3] |= sub.ri_cprmask[3]; 10328 10329 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function 10330 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is 10331 finally written out. */ 10332 10333 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that 10334 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */ 10335 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; 10336 } 10337 10338 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */ 10339 BFD_ASSERT(o->size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo)); 10340 10341 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently 10342 matters, but someday it might). */ 10343 o->map_head.link_order = NULL; 10344 10345 reginfo_sec = o; 10346 } 10347 10348 if (strcmp (o->name, ".mdebug") == 0) 10349 { 10350 struct extsym_info einfo; 10351 bfd_vma last; 10352 10353 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file. 10354 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge 10355 the information together. */ 10356 symhdr->magic = swap->sym_magic; 10357 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */ 10358 symhdr->vstamp = 0; 10359 symhdr->ilineMax = 0; 10360 symhdr->cbLine = 0; 10361 symhdr->idnMax = 0; 10362 symhdr->ipdMax = 0; 10363 symhdr->isymMax = 0; 10364 symhdr->ioptMax = 0; 10365 symhdr->iauxMax = 0; 10366 symhdr->issMax = 0; 10367 symhdr->issExtMax = 0; 10368 symhdr->ifdMax = 0; 10369 symhdr->crfd = 0; 10370 symhdr->iextMax = 0; 10371 10372 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the 10373 debug_info structure. */ 10374 debug.line = NULL; 10375 debug.external_dnr = NULL; 10376 debug.external_pdr = NULL; 10377 debug.external_sym = NULL; 10378 debug.external_opt = NULL; 10379 debug.external_aux = NULL; 10380 debug.ss = NULL; 10381 debug.ssext = debug.ssext_end = NULL; 10382 debug.external_fdr = NULL; 10383 debug.external_rfd = NULL; 10384 debug.external_ext = debug.external_ext_end = NULL; 10385 10386 mdebug_handle = bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd, &debug, swap, info); 10387 if (mdebug_handle == NULL) 10388 return FALSE; 10389 10390 esym.jmptbl = 0; 10391 esym.cobol_main = 0; 10392 esym.weakext = 0; 10393 esym.reserved = 0; 10394 esym.ifd = ifdNil; 10395 esym.asym.iss = issNil; 10396 esym.asym.st = stLocal; 10397 esym.asym.reserved = 0; 10398 esym.asym.index = indexNil; 10399 last = 0; 10400 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (secname) / sizeof (secname[0]); i++) 10401 { 10402 esym.asym.sc = sc[i]; 10403 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname[i]); 10404 if (s != NULL) 10405 { 10406 esym.asym.value = s->vma; 10407 last = s->vma + s->size; 10408 } 10409 else 10410 esym.asym.value = last; 10411 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd, &debug, swap, 10412 secname[i], &esym)) 10413 return FALSE; 10414 } 10415 10416 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next) 10417 { 10418 asection *input_section; 10419 bfd *input_bfd; 10420 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *input_swap; 10421 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug; 10422 char *eraw_src; 10423 char *eraw_end; 10424 10425 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order) 10426 { 10427 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order) 10428 continue; 10429 abort (); 10430 } 10431 10432 input_section = p->u.indirect.section; 10433 input_bfd = input_section->owner; 10434 10435 if (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour 10436 || (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd) 10437 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap) == NULL) 10438 { 10439 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be 10440 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really 10441 want to deal with it. */ 10442 continue; 10443 } 10444 10445 input_swap = (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd) 10446 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap); 10447 10448 BFD_ASSERT (p->size == input_section->size); 10449 10450 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already 10451 read in the debugging information and set up an 10452 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */ 10453 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd, input_section, 10454 &input_debug)) 10455 return FALSE; 10456 10457 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate 10458 (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, input_bfd, 10459 &input_debug, input_swap, info))) 10460 return FALSE; 10461 10462 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with 10463 interesting information, try to find the symbol in 10464 the linker global hash table and save the information 10465 for the output external symbols. */ 10466 eraw_src = input_debug.external_ext; 10467 eraw_end = (eraw_src 10468 + (input_debug.symbolic_header.iextMax 10469 * input_swap->external_ext_size)); 10470 for (; 10471 eraw_src < eraw_end; 10472 eraw_src += input_swap->external_ext_size) 10473 { 10474 EXTR ext; 10475 const char *name; 10476 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h; 10477 10478 (*input_swap->swap_ext_in) (input_bfd, eraw_src, &ext); 10479 if (ext.asym.sc == scNil 10480 || ext.asym.sc == scUndefined 10481 || ext.asym.sc == scSUndefined) 10482 continue; 10483 10484 name = input_debug.ssext + ext.asym.iss; 10485 h = mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info), 10486 name, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE); 10487 if (h == NULL || h->esym.ifd != -2) 10488 continue; 10489 10490 if (ext.ifd != -1) 10491 { 10492 BFD_ASSERT (ext.ifd 10493 < input_debug.symbolic_header.ifdMax); 10494 ext.ifd = input_debug.ifdmap[ext.ifd]; 10495 } 10496 10497 h->esym = ext; 10498 } 10499 10500 /* Free up the information we just read. */ 10501 free (input_debug.line); 10502 free (input_debug.external_dnr); 10503 free (input_debug.external_pdr); 10504 free (input_debug.external_sym); 10505 free (input_debug.external_opt); 10506 free (input_debug.external_aux); 10507 free (input_debug.ss); 10508 free (input_debug.ssext); 10509 free (input_debug.external_fdr); 10510 free (input_debug.external_rfd); 10511 free (input_debug.external_ext); 10512 10513 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that 10514 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */ 10515 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; 10516 } 10517 10518 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && info->shared) 10519 { 10520 /* Create .rtproc section. */ 10521 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc"); 10522 if (rtproc_sec == NULL) 10523 { 10524 flagword flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY 10525 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY); 10526 10527 rtproc_sec = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, 10528 ".rtproc", 10529 flags); 10530 if (rtproc_sec == NULL 10531 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, rtproc_sec, 4)) 10532 return FALSE; 10533 } 10534 10535 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle, abfd, 10536 info, rtproc_sec, 10537 &debug)) 10538 return FALSE; 10539 } 10540 10541 /* Build the external symbol information. */ 10542 einfo.abfd = abfd; 10543 einfo.info = info; 10544 einfo.debug = &debug; 10545 einfo.swap = swap; 10546 einfo.failed = FALSE; 10547 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info), 10548 mips_elf_output_extsym, &einfo); 10549 if (einfo.failed) 10550 return FALSE; 10551 10552 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */ 10553 o->size = bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd, &debug, swap); 10554 10555 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently 10556 matters, but someday it might). */ 10557 o->map_head.link_order = NULL; 10558 10559 mdebug_sec = o; 10560 } 10561 10562 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o->name, ".gptab.")) 10563 { 10564 const char *subname; 10565 unsigned int c; 10566 Elf32_gptab *tab; 10567 Elf32_External_gptab *ext_tab; 10568 unsigned int j; 10569 10570 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold 10571 information describing how the small data area would 10572 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections 10573 not used in executables files. */ 10574 if (! info->relocatable) 10575 { 10576 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next) 10577 { 10578 asection *input_section; 10579 10580 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order) 10581 { 10582 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order) 10583 continue; 10584 abort (); 10585 } 10586 10587 input_section = p->u.indirect.section; 10588 10589 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that 10590 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */ 10591 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; 10592 } 10593 10594 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this 10595 currently matters, but someday it might). */ 10596 o->map_head.link_order = NULL; 10597 10598 /* Really remove the section. */ 10599 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, o); 10600 --abfd->section_count; 10601 10602 continue; 10603 } 10604 10605 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for 10606 uninitialized data. */ 10607 if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sdata") == 0) 10608 gptab_data_sec = o; 10609 else if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sbss") == 0) 10610 gptab_bss_sec = o; 10611 else 10612 { 10613 (*_bfd_error_handler) 10614 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"), 10615 bfd_get_filename (abfd), o->name); 10616 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section); 10617 return FALSE; 10618 } 10619 10620 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and 10621 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for 10622 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is 10623 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which 10624 case we must change the name of the output section. */ 10625 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1; 10626 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) == NULL) 10627 { 10628 if (o == gptab_data_sec) 10629 o->name = ".gptab.data"; 10630 else 10631 o->name = ".gptab.bss"; 10632 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1; 10633 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) != NULL); 10634 } 10635 10636 /* Set up the first entry. */ 10637 c = 1; 10638 amt = c * sizeof (Elf32_gptab); 10639 tab = bfd_malloc (amt); 10640 if (tab == NULL) 10641 return FALSE; 10642 tab[0].gt_header.gt_current_g_value = elf_gp_size (abfd); 10643 tab[0].gt_header.gt_unused = 0; 10644 10645 /* Combine the input sections. */ 10646 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next) 10647 { 10648 asection *input_section; 10649 bfd *input_bfd; 10650 bfd_size_type size; 10651 unsigned long last; 10652 bfd_size_type gpentry; 10653 10654 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order) 10655 { 10656 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order) 10657 continue; 10658 abort (); 10659 } 10660 10661 input_section = p->u.indirect.section; 10662 input_bfd = input_section->owner; 10663 10664 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one 10665 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are 10666 sorted by ascending -G value. */ 10667 size = input_section->size; 10668 last = 0; 10669 for (gpentry = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab); 10670 gpentry < size; 10671 gpentry += sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab)) 10672 { 10673 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab; 10674 Elf32_gptab int_gptab; 10675 unsigned long val; 10676 unsigned long add; 10677 bfd_boolean exact; 10678 unsigned int look; 10679 10680 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents 10681 (input_bfd, input_section, &ext_gptab, gpentry, 10682 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab)))) 10683 { 10684 free (tab); 10685 return FALSE; 10686 } 10687 10688 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd, &ext_gptab, 10689 &int_gptab); 10690 val = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_g_value; 10691 add = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes - last; 10692 10693 exact = FALSE; 10694 for (look = 1; look < c; look++) 10695 { 10696 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value >= val) 10697 tab[look].gt_entry.gt_bytes += add; 10698 10699 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value == val) 10700 exact = TRUE; 10701 } 10702 10703 if (! exact) 10704 { 10705 Elf32_gptab *new_tab; 10706 unsigned int max; 10707 10708 /* We need a new table entry. */ 10709 amt = (bfd_size_type) (c + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab); 10710 new_tab = bfd_realloc (tab, amt); 10711 if (new_tab == NULL) 10712 { 10713 free (tab); 10714 return FALSE; 10715 } 10716 tab = new_tab; 10717 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_g_value = val; 10718 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes = add; 10719 10720 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G 10721 value, since that will be implied by this new 10722 value. */ 10723 max = 0; 10724 for (look = 1; look < c; look++) 10725 { 10726 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value < val 10727 && (max == 0 10728 || (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value 10729 > tab[max].gt_entry.gt_g_value))) 10730 max = look; 10731 } 10732 if (max != 0) 10733 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes += 10734 tab[max].gt_entry.gt_bytes; 10735 10736 ++c; 10737 } 10738 10739 last = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes; 10740 } 10741 10742 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that 10743 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */ 10744 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS; 10745 } 10746 10747 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */ 10748 if (c > 2) 10749 qsort (tab + 1, c - 1, sizeof (tab[0]), gptab_compare); 10750 10751 /* Swap out the table. */ 10752 amt = (bfd_size_type) c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab); 10753 ext_tab = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt); 10754 if (ext_tab == NULL) 10755 { 10756 free (tab); 10757 return FALSE; 10758 } 10759 10760 for (j = 0; j < c; j++) 10761 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd, tab + j, ext_tab + j); 10762 free (tab); 10763 10764 o->size = c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab); 10765 o->contents = (bfd_byte *) ext_tab; 10766 10767 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently 10768 matters, but someday it might). */ 10769 o->map_head.link_order = NULL; 10770 } 10771 } 10772 10773 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */ 10774 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd, info)) 10775 return FALSE; 10776 10777 /* Now write out the computed sections. */ 10778 10779 if (reginfo_sec != NULL) 10780 { 10781 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext; 10782 10783 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, ®info, &ext); 10784 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, reginfo_sec, &ext, 0, sizeof ext)) 10785 return FALSE; 10786 } 10787 10788 if (mdebug_sec != NULL) 10789 { 10790 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->output_has_begun); 10791 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, 10792 swap, info, 10793 mdebug_sec->filepos)) 10794 return FALSE; 10795 10796 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, info); 10797 } 10798 10799 if (gptab_data_sec != NULL) 10800 { 10801 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_data_sec, 10802 gptab_data_sec->contents, 10803 0, gptab_data_sec->size)) 10804 return FALSE; 10805 } 10806 10807 if (gptab_bss_sec != NULL) 10808 { 10809 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_bss_sec, 10810 gptab_bss_sec->contents, 10811 0, gptab_bss_sec->size)) 10812 return FALSE; 10813 } 10814 10815 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)) 10816 { 10817 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc"); 10818 if (rtproc_sec != NULL) 10819 { 10820 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, rtproc_sec, 10821 rtproc_sec->contents, 10822 0, rtproc_sec->size)) 10823 return FALSE; 10824 } 10825 } 10826 10827 return TRUE; 10828} 10829 10830/* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */ 10831 10832struct mips_mach_extension { 10833 unsigned long extension, base; 10834}; 10835 10836 10837/* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries 10838 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */ 10839 10840static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions[] = { 10841 /* MIPS64 extensions. */ 10842 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 }, 10843 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 }, 10844 10845 /* MIPS V extensions. */ 10846 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64, bfd_mach_mips5 }, 10847 10848 /* R10000 extensions. */ 10849 { bfd_mach_mips12000, bfd_mach_mips10000 }, 10850 10851 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core 10852 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems 10853 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since 10854 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add 10855 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */ 10856 { bfd_mach_mips5500, bfd_mach_mips5400 }, 10857 { bfd_mach_mips5400, bfd_mach_mips5000 }, 10858 10859 /* MIPS IV extensions. */ 10860 { bfd_mach_mips5, bfd_mach_mips8000 }, 10861 { bfd_mach_mips10000, bfd_mach_mips8000 }, 10862 { bfd_mach_mips5000, bfd_mach_mips8000 }, 10863 { bfd_mach_mips7000, bfd_mach_mips8000 }, 10864 { bfd_mach_mips9000, bfd_mach_mips8000 }, 10865 10866 /* VR4100 extensions. */ 10867 { bfd_mach_mips4120, bfd_mach_mips4100 }, 10868 { bfd_mach_mips4111, bfd_mach_mips4100 }, 10869 10870 /* MIPS III extensions. */ 10871 { bfd_mach_mips8000, bfd_mach_mips4000 }, 10872 { bfd_mach_mips4650, bfd_mach_mips4000 }, 10873 { bfd_mach_mips4600, bfd_mach_mips4000 }, 10874 { bfd_mach_mips4400, bfd_mach_mips4000 }, 10875 { bfd_mach_mips4300, bfd_mach_mips4000 }, 10876 { bfd_mach_mips4100, bfd_mach_mips4000 }, 10877 { bfd_mach_mips4010, bfd_mach_mips4000 }, 10878 10879 /* MIPS32 extensions. */ 10880 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa32 }, 10881 10882 /* MIPS II extensions. */ 10883 { bfd_mach_mips4000, bfd_mach_mips6000 }, 10884 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32, bfd_mach_mips6000 }, 10885 10886 /* MIPS I extensions. */ 10887 { bfd_mach_mips6000, bfd_mach_mips3000 }, 10888 { bfd_mach_mips3900, bfd_mach_mips3000 } 10889}; 10890 10891 10892/* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */ 10893 10894static bfd_boolean 10895mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base, unsigned long extension) 10896{ 10897 size_t i; 10898 10899 if (extension == base) 10900 return TRUE; 10901 10902 if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32 10903 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64, extension)) 10904 return TRUE; 10905 10906 if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2 10907 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, extension)) 10908 return TRUE; 10909 10910 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions); i++) 10911 if (extension == mips_mach_extensions[i].extension) 10912 { 10913 extension = mips_mach_extensions[i].base; 10914 if (extension == base) 10915 return TRUE; 10916 } 10917 10918 return FALSE; 10919} 10920 10921 10922/* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */ 10923 10924static bfd_boolean 10925mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags) 10926{ 10927 return ((flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE) != 0 10928 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32 10929 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32 10930 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1 10931 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2 10932 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32 10933 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2); 10934} 10935 10936 10937/* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output 10938 object file when linking. */ 10939 10940bfd_boolean 10941_bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd) 10942{ 10943 flagword old_flags; 10944 flagword new_flags; 10945 bfd_boolean ok; 10946 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd = TRUE; 10947 asection *sec; 10948 10949 /* Check if we have the same endianess */ 10950 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, obfd)) 10951 { 10952 (*_bfd_error_handler) 10953 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"), 10954 ibfd); 10955 return FALSE; 10956 } 10957 10958 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour 10959 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour) 10960 return TRUE; 10961 10962 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd), bfd_get_target (obfd)) != 0) 10963 { 10964 (*_bfd_error_handler) 10965 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"), 10966 ibfd); 10967 return FALSE; 10968 } 10969 10970 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags; 10971 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER; 10972 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags; 10973 10974 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd)) 10975 { 10976 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE; 10977 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags; 10978 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] 10979 = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]; 10980 10981 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd) 10982 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd)->the_default 10983 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd), 10984 bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))) 10985 { 10986 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_get_arch (ibfd), 10987 bfd_get_mach (ibfd))) 10988 return FALSE; 10989 } 10990 10991 return TRUE; 10992 } 10993 10994 /* Check flag compatibility. */ 10995 10996 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER; 10997 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER; 10998 10999 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It 11000 doesn't seem to matter. */ 11001 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT; 11002 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT; 11003 11004 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should 11005 just be able to ignore this. */ 11006 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE; 11007 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE; 11008 11009 /* Don't care about the PIC flags from dynamic objects; they are 11010 PIC by design. */ 11011 if ((new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0 11012 && (ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0) 11013 new_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC); 11014 11015 if (new_flags == old_flags) 11016 return TRUE; 11017 11018 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections. 11019 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot 11020 actually cause any incompatibility. */ 11021 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next) 11022 { 11023 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections 11024 which are automatically generated by gas. */ 11025 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".reginfo") 11026 && strcmp (sec->name, ".mdebug") 11027 && (sec->size != 0 11028 || (strcmp (sec->name, ".text") 11029 && strcmp (sec->name, ".data") 11030 && strcmp (sec->name, ".bss")))) 11031 { 11032 null_input_bfd = FALSE; 11033 break; 11034 } 11035 } 11036 if (null_input_bfd) 11037 return TRUE; 11038 11039 ok = TRUE; 11040 11041 if (((new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0) 11042 != ((old_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0)) 11043 { 11044 (*_bfd_error_handler) 11045 (_("%B: warning: linking PIC files with non-PIC files"), 11046 ibfd); 11047 ok = TRUE; 11048 } 11049 11050 if (new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) 11051 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_MIPS_CPIC; 11052 if (! (new_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC)) 11053 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_PIC; 11054 11055 new_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC); 11056 old_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC); 11057 11058 /* Compare the ISAs. */ 11059 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags)) 11060 { 11061 (*_bfd_error_handler) 11062 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"), 11063 ibfd); 11064 ok = FALSE; 11065 } 11066 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd), bfd_get_mach (obfd))) 11067 { 11068 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */ 11069 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd), bfd_get_mach (ibfd))) 11070 { 11071 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy 11072 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise 11073 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */ 11074 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd)); 11075 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH); 11076 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags 11077 |= new_flags & (EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE); 11078 11079 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them 11080 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */ 11081 if ((old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == 0 11082 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags) 11083 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags & ~EF_MIPS_ABI)) 11084 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI; 11085 } 11086 else 11087 { 11088 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */ 11089 (*_bfd_error_handler) 11090 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"), 11091 ibfd, 11092 bfd_printable_name (ibfd), 11093 bfd_printable_name (obfd)); 11094 ok = FALSE; 11095 } 11096 } 11097 11098 new_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE); 11099 old_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE); 11100 11101 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it 11102 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */ 11103 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) 11104 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] 11105 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS])) 11106 { 11107 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */ 11108 if (((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) && (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)) 11109 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] 11110 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS])) 11111 { 11112 (*_bfd_error_handler) 11113 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"), 11114 ibfd, 11115 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd), 11116 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd)); 11117 ok = FALSE; 11118 } 11119 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI; 11120 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI; 11121 } 11122 11123 /* For now, allow arbitrary mixing of ASEs (retain the union). */ 11124 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE)) 11125 { 11126 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE; 11127 11128 new_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE; 11129 old_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE; 11130 } 11131 11132 /* Warn about any other mismatches */ 11133 if (new_flags != old_flags) 11134 { 11135 (*_bfd_error_handler) 11136 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"), 11137 ibfd, (unsigned long) new_flags, 11138 (unsigned long) old_flags); 11139 ok = FALSE; 11140 } 11141 11142 if (! ok) 11143 { 11144 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value); 11145 return FALSE; 11146 } 11147 11148 return TRUE; 11149} 11150 11151/* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */ 11152 11153bfd_boolean 11154_bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags) 11155{ 11156 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd) 11157 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags); 11158 11159 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags; 11160 elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE; 11161 return TRUE; 11162} 11163 11164bfd_boolean 11165_bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *ptr) 11166{ 11167 FILE *file = ptr; 11168 11169 BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL); 11170 11171 /* Print normal ELF private data. */ 11172 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr); 11173 11174 /* xgettext:c-format */ 11175 fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags); 11176 11177 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32) 11178 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O32]")); 11179 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64) 11180 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O64]")); 11181 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32) 11182 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI32]")); 11183 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64) 11184 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI64]")); 11185 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)) 11186 fprintf (file, _(" [abi unknown]")); 11187 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd)) 11188 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=N32]")); 11189 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd)) 11190 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=64]")); 11191 else 11192 fprintf (file, _(" [no abi set]")); 11193 11194 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1) 11195 fprintf (file, _(" [mips1]")); 11196 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2) 11197 fprintf (file, _(" [mips2]")); 11198 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3) 11199 fprintf (file, _(" [mips3]")); 11200 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4) 11201 fprintf (file, _(" [mips4]")); 11202 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5) 11203 fprintf (file, _(" [mips5]")); 11204 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32) 11205 fprintf (file, _(" [mips32]")); 11206 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64) 11207 fprintf (file, _(" [mips64]")); 11208 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2) 11209 fprintf (file, _(" [mips32r2]")); 11210 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2) 11211 fprintf (file, _(" [mips64r2]")); 11212 else 11213 fprintf (file, _(" [unknown ISA]")); 11214 11215 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX) 11216 fprintf (file, _(" [mdmx]")); 11217 11218 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16) 11219 fprintf (file, _(" [mips16]")); 11220 11221 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE) 11222 fprintf (file, _(" [32bitmode]")); 11223 else 11224 fprintf (file, _(" [not 32bitmode]")); 11225 11226 fputc ('\n', file); 11227 11228 return TRUE; 11229} 11230 11231const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections[] = 11232{ 11233 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL }, 11234 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL }, 11235 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG, 0 }, 11236 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL }, 11237 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL }, 11238 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE, 0 }, 11239 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 } 11240}; 11241 11242/* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the 11243 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a 11244 definiton of the symbol. */ 11245void 11246_bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, 11247 const Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, 11248 bfd_boolean definition, 11249 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED) 11250{ 11251 if ((isym->st_other & ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0) 11252 { 11253 unsigned char other; 11254 11255 other = (definition ? isym->st_other : h->other); 11256 other &= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1); 11257 h->other = other | ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other); 11258 } 11259 11260 if (!definition 11261 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym->st_other)) 11262 h->other |= STO_OPTIONAL; 11263} 11264 11265/* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored. 11266 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */ 11267bfd_boolean 11268_bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h) 11269{ 11270 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->other) ? TRUE : FALSE; 11271} 11272 11273bfd_boolean 11274_bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym *sym) 11275{ 11276 return (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON 11277 || sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON 11278 || sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON); 11279} 11280